Huawei Quidway S3900 series Command Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Huawei Manuals
  4. Switch
  5. Quidway S3900 Series
  6. Command manual

Huawei Quidway S3900 series Command Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for Quidway S3900 series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Operating Manual , Installation Manual
HUAWEI
Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches
Command Manual
Release 1510
Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Advertisement

Chapters

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the Quidway S3900 series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Huawei Quidway S3900 series

Summary of Contents for Huawei Quidway S3900 series

  • Page 1 HUAWEI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches Command Manual Release 1510 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 2 3119A050 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. If you purchase the products from the sales agent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., please contact our sales agent. If you purchase the products from Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. directly, Please feel free to contact our local office, customer care center or company headquarters.
  • Page 3 Copyright © 2006 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks , HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET,...

  • Page 4: About This Manual

    It is used for assisting the users in data Switches Operation Manual configurations and typical applications. Organization Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches Command Manual consists of the following parts: 1 CLI Introduces the commands used for switching between the command levels and command level setting.
  • Page 5 Introduces the commands used for multicast configuration. 19 802.1x Introduces the commands used for 802.1x configuration. 20 AAA&RADIUS&HWTACACS&EAD Introduces the commands used for AAA, RADIUS, HWTACACS, and EAD configuration. 21 VRRP Introduces the commands used for VRRP configuration. 22 Centralized MAC Address Authentication Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 6 Introduces the NTP-related commands. 35 SSH Terminal Service Introduces the commands used for SSH configuration. 36 File System Management Introduces the commands used for file system management. 37 FTP and TFTP Introduces the FTP-/TFTP-related commands. 38 Information Center Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 7 Terminal Display is in Courier New. Courier New II. Command conventions Convention Description Boldface The keywords of a command line are in Boldface. italic Command arguments are in italic. Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 8 <Enter>, <Tab>, <Backspace>, or <A>. Press the keys concurrently. For example, <Ctrl+Alt+A> <Key1+Key2> means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn. For example, <Alt, A> means the <Key1, Key2> two keys should be pressed in turn. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 9 Eye-catching symbols are also used in the manual to highlight the points worthy of special attention during the operation. They are defined as follows: Caution, Warning, Danger: Means reader be extremely careful during the operation. Note, Comment, Tip, Knowhow, Thought: Means a complementary description. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 10: Table Of Contents

    Command Manual - CLI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1 CLI Configuration Commands ................... 1-1 1.1.1 command-privilege level ..................1-1 1.1.2 display history-command ..................1-2 1.1.3 super ........................1-2 1.1.4 super password .......................

  • Page 11: Chapter 1 Cli Configuration Commands

    Command Manual - CLI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1.1 CLI Configuration Commands 1.1.1 command-privilege level Syntax command-privilege level level view view command undo command-privilege view view command View...

  • Page 12: Display History-Command

    Command Manual - CLI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display history-command Syntax display history-command View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display history-command command to display history commands. All the history commands are saved in the history command cache. When the history command cache is full, the old information in it will be overlaid.

  • Page 13: Super Password

    Command Manual - CLI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands well to switch to the higher user level. You will remain in the original user level if you fail to provide the correct password. Note that: Users logging into a switch also fall into four levels, each of which corresponding to one of the command levels.
  • Page 14 Command Manual - CLI Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 CLI Configuration Commands password: Password to be set. If you specify the simple keyword, provide this argument in plain text. If you specify the cipher keyword, you can provide this argument in either encrypted text or plain text.
  • Page 15 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Login Commands ......................1-1 1.1 Login Commands....................... 1-1 1.1.1 authentication-mode....................1-1 1.1.2 auto-execute command................... 1-2 1.1.3 databits........................1-3 1.1.4 display telnet-server source-ip ................1-4 1.1.5 display telnet source-ip ...................
  • Page 16 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 2.1.4 snmp-agent community................... 2-3 2.1.5 snmp-agent group ....................2-3 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 17: Chapter 1 Login Commands

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1 Login Commands 1.1.1 authentication-mode Syntax authentication-mode { password | scheme [ command-authorization ] | none } View User interface view Parameter password: Authenticates users using the local password.

  • Page 18: Auto-Execute Command

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Note: To improve security and avoid malicious attack to the unused SOCKETs, TCP 23 and TCP 22 ports for Telnet and SSH services respectively will be enabled or disabled after corresponding configurations.

  • Page 19: Databits

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands By default, no command is automatically executed. Caution: The auto-execute command command may cause you unable to perform common configuration in the user interface, so use it with caution.

  • Page 20: Display Telnet-Server Source-Ip

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Example # Set the data bits to 7. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway-ui-aux0] databits 7 1.1.4 display telnet-server source-ip...

  • Page 21: Display User-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Description Use the display telnet source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the switch operating as the Telnet client. If the source interface is also configured for the switch, this command displays the IP address of the source interface.

  • Page 22: Display Users

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Type : Type and relative index of user-interface. Privi: The privilege of user-interface. Auth : The authentication mode of user-interface. : The physical location of UIs.
  • Page 23 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays the information about all user interfaces. Description Use the display users command to display the information about user interfaces. If you do not specify the all keyword, only the information about the current user interface is displayed.

  • Page 24: Free User-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.8 free user-interface Syntax free user-interface [ type ] number View User view Parameter type: User interface type. number: Index of the user interface. This argument can be an absolute user interface index (if you do not provide the type argument) or a relative user interface index (if you provide the type argument).
  • Page 25 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands login: Sets the login banner. The banner set by this keyword is valid only when users are authenticated before they log into the switch and appears while the switch prompts for user name and password.
  • Page 26 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands When you log in the next time, “hello” and “my friend !“ is displayed respectively in two lines as the banner. The beginning character “h” appears in the banner.

  • Page 27: History-Command Max-Size

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands [Quidway] quit <Quidway> quit Please press ENTER %SHELL: (Note that the beginning character of the banner appears.) Hello! Welcome <Quidway> 1.1.10 history-command max-size Syntax history-command max-size value...

  • Page 28: Ip Http Shutdown

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands View User interface view Parameter minutes: Number of minutes. This argument ranges from 0 to 35,791. seconds: Number of seconds. This argument ranges from 0 to 59.

  • Page 29: Lock

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Note: To improve security and avoid malicious attack to the unused SOCKETs, TCP 80 port for HTTP service will be enabled or disabled after corresponding configurations.

  • Page 30: Parity

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands After the command is executed, you are prompted to enter a password of 1 to 16 characters and make a confirmation. Then the current user interface is locked.

  • Page 31: Protocol Inbound

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.15 protocol inbound Syntax protocol inbound { all | ssh | telnet } View User interface view Parameter all: Supports both Telnet protocol and SSH protocol.

  • Page 32: Screen-Length

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.16 screen-length Syntax screen-length screen-length undo screen-length View User interface view Parameter screen-length: Number of lines the screen can contain. This argument ranges from 0 to 512 and defaults to 24.

  • Page 33: Service-Type

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Description Use the send command to send messages to a specified user interface or all user interfaces. Example # Send “hello” to all user interfaces. <Quidway> send all Enter message, end with CTRL+Z or Enter;...
  • Page 34 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands language-mode command. The Telnet command is also of this level. Commands of this level cannot be saved in configuration files. Monitor level: Commands of this level are used to maintain the system, to debug service problems, and so on.

  • Page 35: Set Authentication Password

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.19 set authentication password Syntax set authentication password { cipher | simple } password undo set authentication password View User interface view Parameter cipher: Specifies to display the local password in encrypted text when you display the current configuration.

  • Page 36: Shell

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands [Quidway] user-interface vty 0 [Quidway-ui-vty0] set authentication password simple 123 1.1.20 shell Syntax shell undo shell View User interface view Parameter None Description Use the shell command to make terminal services available for the user interface.

  • Page 37: Stopbits

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands View User interface view Parameter speed-value: Transmission speed (in bps). This argument can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,600, and 115,200 and defaults to 9,600.

  • Page 38: Sysname

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Note: Changing the value of the stop bits does not affect the communications. Example # Set the stop bits to 2. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 39: Telnet

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.24 telnet Syntax telnet { hostname | ip-address } [ service-port ] View User view Parameter hostname: Host name of the remote switch. You can use the ip host command to assign a host name to a switch.

  • Page 40: Telnet-Server Source-Ip

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Parameter interface-type: Type of the interface to be specified as the source interface. interface-number: Number of the interface to be specified as the source interface. Description Use the telnet-server source-interface interface command to specify the source interface for a Telnet server.

  • Page 41: Telnet Source-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] telnet-server source-ip 192.168.1.1 1.1.27 telnet source-interface Syntax telnet source-interface interface-type interface-number undo telnet source-interface View...

  • Page 42: User-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands Description Use the telnet source-ip command to specify the source IP address for a Telnet client. If the IP address specified is not an IP address of the device, your configuration fails.

  • Page 43: User Privilege Level

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Login Commands 1.1.30 user privilege level Syntax user privilege level level undo user privilege level View User interface view Parameter level: Command level ranging from 0 to 3.

  • Page 44: Chapter 2 Commands For User Control

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2.1 Commands for Controlling Logging in Users 2.1.1 acl Syntax acl acl-number { inbound | outbound } undo acl { inbound | outbound }...

  • Page 45: Ip Http Acl

    Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control View User view Parameter user-id: Web user ID. user-name: User name of the Web user. This argument can contain 1 to 80 characters. all: Specifies all Web users.
  • Page 46 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control 2.1.4 snmp-agent community Syntax snmp-agent community { read | write } community-name [ [ mib-view view-name ] | [ acl acl-number ] ]* undo snmp-agent community community-name...
  • Page 47 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control undo snmp-agent group { v1 | v2c } group-name snmp-agent group v3 group-name [ authentication | privacy ] [ read-view read-view ] [ write-view write-view ] [ notify-view notify-view ] [ acl acl-number ]...
  • Page 48 Command Manual – Login Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Commands for User Control <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] snmp-agent group v1 h123 acl 2001 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 49 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Commands ............1-1 1.1 File Attribute Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 display current-configuration ................... 1-1 1.1.2 display saved-configuration..................1-7 1.1.3 display startup .......................

  • Page 50: Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Commands

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Commands Note: File path and file name can be represented in one of the following ways: In universal resource locator (URL) format and starting with “unit [No.]>flash:/” ( [No.] represents the unit ID of the switch).
  • Page 51 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface-number: Port/interface number. vlan: Displays VLAN configuration. vlan-id: VLAN ID. by-linenum: Displays line numbers. |: Uses a regular expression to filter the configuration of the device to be displayed.
  • Page 52 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Character Meaning Description Asterisk. It means that the preceding sub-expression zo* matches “z” and “zoo”. can be matched for zero or multiple times.
  • Page 53 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface Ethernet1/0/2 voice vlan enable interface Ethernet1/0/3 port link-type hybrid port hybrid vlan 1 3 untagged voice vlan enable port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 1...
  • Page 54 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface Ethernet1/0/17 interface Ethernet1/0/18 interface Ethernet1/0/19 interface Ethernet1/0/20 port access vlan 2 interface Ethernet1/0/21 interface Ethernet1/0/22 interface Ethernet1/0/23 interface Ethernet1/0/24 interface GigabitEthernet1/1/1...
  • Page 55 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway> display current-configuration | include 10* line-rate inbound 128 interface Ethernet1/0/2 interface Ethernet1/0/3 port hybrid vlan 1 3 untagged port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 1...

  • Page 56: Display Saved-Configuration

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.2 display saved-configuration Syntax display saved-configuration [ unit unit-id ] [ by-linenum ] View Any view Parameter unit unit-id: Specifies the unit ID of a switch.
  • Page 57 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands port link-type hybrid port hybrid vlan 1 3 untagged voice vlan enable port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 1 port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 2...

  • Page 58: User Interface Configuration

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface Ethernet1/0/19 interface Ethernet1/0/20 interface Ethernet1/0/21 interface Ethernet1/0/22 interface Ethernet1/0/23 interface Ethernet1/0/24 interface GigabitEthernet1/1/1 interface GigabitEthernet1/1/2 interface GigabitEthernet1/1/3 interface GigabitEthernet1/1/4 #TOPOLOGYCFG. MUST NOT DELETE undo irf-fabric authentication-mode #GLBCFG.

  • Page 59: Display Startup

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.3 display startup Syntax display startup [ unit unit-id ] View Any view Parameter unit unit-id: Specifies the unit ID of a switch.

  • Page 60: Reset Saved-Configuration

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display this command to display the current configuration performed in the current view. To verify the configuration performed in a view, you can use this command to display the parameters that are valid in the current view.
  • Page 61 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View User view Parameter backup: Specifies the secondary configuration file. main: Specifies the primary configuration file. Description Use the reset saved-configuration command to remove a specified configuration file from the Flash.

  • Page 62: Save

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Unit1 reset saved-configuration successfully. 1.1.6 save Syntax save [ cfgfile | [ safely ] [ backup | main ] ] View Any view...
  • Page 63 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note: If you execute the save command with the cfgfile argument not specified, the current configuration is saved in the configuration file with which the device latest starts.

  • Page 64: Startup Saved-Configuration

    Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.7 startup saved-configuration Syntax startup saved-configuration cfgfile [ backup | main ] undo startup saved-configuration [ unit unit-id ] View User view...
  • Page 65 Command Manual – Configuration File Management Chapter 1 Configuration File Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Configure the configuration file named vrpcfg.cfg as the primary configuration file of the switches in the Fabric. <Quidway> startup saved-configuration vrpcfg.cfg main Please wait..Done!
  • Page 66 Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 description ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display interface Vlan-interface ................1-1 1.1.3 display vlan......................1-3 1.1.4 interface Vlan-interface ...................

  • Page 67: Chapter 1 Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syntax description text undo description View VLAN view, VLAN interface view Parameter text: String to describe the current VLAN or VLAN interface.
  • Page 68 Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the specific VLAN interface. Description Use the display interface Vlan-interface command to display the information about the VLAN interface, including:...

  • Page 69: Display Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Field Description The Maximum Transmit Unit Maximum transmission unit 1.1.3 display vlan Syntax display vlan [ vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] | all | dynamic | static ]...

  • Page 70: Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands VLAN ID: 1 VLAN Type: static Route Interface: not configured IP Address: 192.168.0.39 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Description: VLAN 0001 Name: VLAN 0001 Tagged Ports: none...

  • Page 71: Name

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter vlan-id: ID of the VLAN interface, in the range of 1 to 4,094. Description Use the interface Vlan-interface command to create a VLAN interface or enter VLAN interface view.

  • Page 72: Shutdown

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.6 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to disable the VLAN interface. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the VLAN interface.

  • Page 73: Vlan To

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands View System view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the VLAN which you want to create and whose view you want to enter. This argument ranges from 1 to 4,094.
  • Page 74 Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands View System view Parameter vlan-id1: ID of the initial VLAN to be created, in the range of 1 to 4,094. to: Specifies the VLAN range.

  • Page 75: Port-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    VLAN, you can use the port trunk permit vlan and port hybrid vlan commands in Ethernet port view. For the configuration procedure, refer to the section “Port Basic Configuration” in Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches – Operation Manual.

  • Page 76: Protocol-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] vlan 2 [Quidway-vlan2] port Ethernet1/0/2 to Ethernet1/0/4 1.3 Protocol-Based VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.1 display protocol-vlan interface...

  • Page 77: Display Protocol-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands ipx raw snap etype 0x0abc llc dsap 0xac ssap 0xbd 1.3.2 display protocol-vlan vlan Syntax display protocol-vlan vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] | all }...

  • Page 78: Port Hybrid Protocol-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.3 port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan Syntax port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id { protocol-index [ to protocol-end ] | all } undo port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id { protocol-index [ to protocol-end ] | all }...

  • Page 79: Protocol-Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Ethernet1/0/1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 0 to 4 1.3.4 protocol-vlan Syntax protocol-vlan [ procotol-index ] { at | ip | ipx { ethernetii | llc | raw | snap } | mode...
  • Page 80 Command Manual – VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Note: When you use the mode keyword to configure protocol-based VLANs, if you set the etype arguments of Ethernet II or SNAP packets to 0x0800, 0x089b, and 0x8137, the matched packets have the same format as that of IP, IPX, and Appletalk packets respectively.
  • Page 81 Command Manual – IP Address and IP Performance Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip interface ....................1-1 1.1.2 ip address........................

  • Page 82: Chapter 1 Ip Address Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IP Address and Performance Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ip interface Syntax display ip interface [ brief [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] | [ interface-type...
  • Page 83 Command Manual – IP Address and Performance Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Router advert: Router solicit: Time exceed: IP header bad: Timestamp request: Timestamp reply: Information request: Information reply: Netmask request: Netmask reply:...

  • Page 84: Ip Address

    Command Manual – IP Address and Performance Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Field Description ICMP packet input number: Echo reply: Unreachable: Total number of received ICMP Source quench: packets, including: Routing redirect:...
  • Page 85 Command Manual – IP Address and Performance Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Description Use the ip address command to specify an IP address and mask for a VLAN or loopback interface. Use the undo ip address command to remove an IP address and mask of a VLAN or loopback interface.

  • Page 86: Chapter 2 Ip Performance Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display fib Syntax display fib View Any view Parameter...

  • Page 87: Display Fib Ip-Address

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description Nexthop Next hop address Flags: U: A route is up and available. G: Gateway route H: Local host route...

  • Page 88: Display Fib Acl

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Description Use the display fib ip-address command to view the FIB entries matching the destination IP address. Each line indicates an FIB entry. The information includes: destination address/mask length, next hop, current flag, timestamp, and outbound interface.

  • Page 89: Display Fib

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Description Use the display fib acl command to view the FIB entries matching a specific ACL. For ACL, refer to the ACL module of this manual.

  • Page 90: Display Fib Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Parameter begin: Displays the FIB entries from the first one containing the string identified by the argument text. exclude: Displays only those FIB entries excluding the character string text.

  • Page 91: Display Fib Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands # View all the FIB entries. <Quidway>display fib Flag: U:Usable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static R:Reject E:Equal cost multi-path L:Generated by ARP or ESIS...

  • Page 92: Display Icmp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Route Entry Count : 30 2.1.7 display icmp statistics Syntax display icmp statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display icmp statistics command to view the statistics about ICMP packets.

  • Page 93: Display Ip Socket

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description destination unreachable Number of input/output packets with unreachable destination source quench Number of input/output source quench packets redirects Number of input/output redirected packets...
  • Page 94 Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # Display the information about the socket of the TCP type. <Quidway> display ip socket socktype 1 SOCK_STREAM: Task = VTYD(18), socketid = 1, Proto = 6, LA = 0.0.0.0:23, FA = 0.0.0.0:0,...

  • Page 95: Display Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description rb_cc Current data size in the receiving buffer socket option Option of a socket socket state State of a socket 2.1.9 display ip statistics...

  • Page 96: Display Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description Local Number received packets whose destination address is the local device bad protocol Number of packets with wrong protocol...
  • Page 97 Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display tcp statistics command to view the statistics about TCP packets. Related command: display tcp status and reset tcp statistics.
  • Page 98 Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Table 2-5 Description on the fields of the display tcp statistics command Field Description Received Total Total number of received packets...

  • Page 99: Display Tcp Status

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description Retransmitted timeout/ connections Times retransmission timer dropped in retransmitted timeout timeout/number dropped connections because retransmission times exceed the limit...

  • Page 100: Display Udp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # View the state of all the TCP connections. <Quidway> display tcp status *: TCP MD5 Connection TCPCB Local Add:port...
  • Page 101 Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Total: 26320 checksum error: 0 shorter than header: 0, data length larger than packet: 0 no socket on port: 0 total broadcast or multicast packets : 25006...

  • Page 102: Ip Forward-Broadcast

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1.13 ip forward-broadcast Syntax ip forward-broadcast undo ip forward-broadcast View System view Parameter None Description Use the ip forward-broadcast command to enable broadcast from directly-connected network segment.

  • Page 103: Reset Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # Clear the statistics about IP packets. <Quidway> reset ip statistics 2.1.15 reset tcp statistics Syntax reset tcp statistics View...

  • Page 104: Tcp Timer Fin-Timeout

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1.17 tcp timer fin-timeout Syntax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value undo tcp timer fin-timeout View System view Parameter time-value: TCP finwait timer value, in seconds, with the value ranging from 76 to 3600.

  • Page 105: Tcp Window

    Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands Description Use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the TCP synwait timer. Use the undo tcp timer syn-timeout command to restore the default value of the TCP synwait timer.
  • Page 106 Command Manual – IP Address and Confiugration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] tcp window 3 2-21...
  • Page 107 Command Manual - Management VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 Management VLAN Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 description ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display interface Vlan-interface ................1-2 1.1.3 display ip host......................

  • Page 108: Chapter 1 Management Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 Management VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syntax description text undo description View VLAN view, VLAN interface view Parameter text: Description string to be assigned to the current VLAN or VLAN interface.

  • Page 109: Display Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.2 display interface Vlan-interface Syntax display interface Vlan-interface [ vlan-id ] View Any view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the management VLAN interface the information about which is to be displayed.

  • Page 110: Display Ip Host

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description The Maximum Transmit Unit The maximum transmit unit (MTU) 1.1.3 display ip host Syntax display ip host View Any view Parameter...
  • Page 111 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View Any view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the management VLAN interface, in the range of 1 to 4094. brief: Displays the configuration information about the specified interface in brief.

  • Page 112: Display Ip Routing-Table

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ip interface command Field Description Vlan-interface1 current state Current state of Vlan-interface1 Line protocol current state...

  • Page 113: Display Ip Routing-Table Acl

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ip routing-table command to display the summary information about the routing table. This command displays the summary information about a routing table, with the items of a routing entry contained in one line.
  • Page 114 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View Any view Parameter acl-number: Number of a basic access control list (ACL), in the range of 2000 to 2999. verbose: Displays the detailed information about the active and inactive routes filtered by the specified ACL.
  • Page 115 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Vlinkindex: 0 State: <Int ActiveU Retain Unicast> Age: 7:24 Cost: 0/0 tag: 0 **Destination: 10.1.1.2 Mask: 255.255.255.255 Protocol: #DIRECT Preference: 0 *NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Interface: 127.0.0.1(InLoopBack0)
  • Page 116 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Descriptions on the route state are as follows: ActiveU Valid unicast route. “U” stands for unicast. Blackhole route is the same as reject route except that a...

  • Page 117: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.7 display ip routing-table ip-address Syntax display ip routing-table ip-address [ mask ] [ longer-match ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter ip-address: Destination IP address, in dotted decimal notation.
  • Page 118 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Display the summary information of the corresponding routes with destination addresses matched within the natural mask range. <Quidway> display ip routing-table 169.0.0.0...

  • Page 119: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address1 Ip-Address2

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands State: <Int ActiveU Static Unicast> Age: 3:47 Cost: 0/0 Tag: 0 Refer to Table 1-5 for the description on the output fields. 1.1.8 display ip routing-table ip-address1 ip-address2...

  • Page 120: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.9 display ip routing-table ip-prefix Syntax display ip routing-table ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter ip-prefix-name: Name of an IP prefix list, a string comprising 1 to 19 characters.

  • Page 121: Display Ip Routing-Table Protocol

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Summary count: 2 **Destination: 10.1.1.0 Mask: 255.255.255.0 Protocol: #DIRECT Preference: 0 *NextHop: 10.1.1.2 Interface: 10.1.1.2(Vlan-interface1) Vlinkindex: 0 State: <Int ActiveU Retain Unicast> Age: 3:23:44...

  • Page 122: Display Ip Routing-Table Radix

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note: The information about the OSPF protocol cannot be displayed on S3900-SI series switches. Example # Display the summary information about all the direct routes.

  • Page 123: Display Ip Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ip routing-table radix command to display the information about the routes in a routing table in a hierarchical way.

  • Page 124: Display Ip Routing-Table Verbose

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Display the statistics information about the routing table. <Quidway> display ip routing-table statistics Routing tables: Proto route active added deleted DIRECT...
  • Page 125 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display ip routing-table verbose command to display the detailed information about a routing table. This command displays the detailed information about the routing table, in the order of route state, statistics of the routing table, and the information about each route.

  • Page 126: Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.14 interface Vlan-interface Syntax interface Vlan-interface vlan-id undo interface Vlan-interface vlan-id View System view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the management VLAN, in the range of 1 to 4094.

  • Page 127: Ip Host

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo ip address [ ip-address mask [ sub ] ] View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address: IP address to be assigned to the management VLAN interface.

  • Page 128: Ip Route-Static

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the ip host command to configure a host name and the corresponding IP address for a switch. Use the undo ip host command to remove the host name and the corresponding IP address of a switch.

  • Page 129: Management-Vlan

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands detect-group-id: Detect group number in the range of 1 to 25. description text: Specifies a descriptive string for the static route. The text argument is a string comprising 1 to 60 characters.

  • Page 130: Shutdown

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 1 Management VLAN Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the management-vlan command to set the management VLAN. Use the undo management vlan command to restore the default management VLAN. By default, VLAN 1 is the management VLAN.

  • Page 131: Chapter 2 Dhcp/Bootp Client Configuration

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Configuration 2.1 DHCP Client Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging dhcp client Syntax debugging dhcp client { all | error | event | packet }...

  • Page 132: Debugging Dhcp Irf Xha

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration 2.1.2 debugging dhcp irf xha Syntax debugging dhcp irf xha undo debugging dhcp irf xha View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging dhcp irf xha command to enable the hot backup debugging for the DHCP/BOOTP client.
  • Page 133 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Vlan-interface1: Current machine state: BOUND Alloced IP: 169.254.0.2 255.255.0.0 Alloced lease: 86400 seconds, T1: 43200 seconds, T2: 75600 seconds Lease from 2002.09.20 01:05:03 2002.09.21 01:05:03 Server IP: 169.254.0.1...

  • Page 134: Ip Address Dhcp-Alloc

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration 2.1.4 ip address dhcp-alloc Syntax ip address dhcp-alloc undo ip address dhcp-alloc View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the ip address dhcp-alloc command to configure a VLAN interface to obtain an IP address through DHCP.

  • Page 135: Ip Address Bootp-Alloc

    Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Description Use the display bootp client command to display BOOTP client-related information, including the MAC address of the BOOTP client and the IP address obtained.
  • Page 136 Command Manual - Management VLAN Chapter 2 DHCP/BOOTP Client Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Example # Configure the management VLAN interface to obtain an IP address through BOOTP. (Assume that VLAN 1 is the management VLAN.) <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 137 Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display voice vlan error-info ..................1-1 1.1.2 display voice vlan oui ....................1-1 1.1.3 display voice vlan status ..................

  • Page 138: Chapter 1 Voice Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display voice vlan error-info Syntax display voice vlan error-info View Any view...

  • Page 139: Display Voice Vlan Status

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display voice vlan oui command to display the currently supported OUI addresses and the related information. Related command: voice vlan voice, vlan enable.

  • Page 140: Display Vlan

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Voice Vlan aging time: 100 minutes Current voice vlan enabled port mode: PORT MODE -------------------------------- Ethernet1/0/2 AUTO Ethernet1/0/3 MANUAL Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display voice vlan status command...

  • Page 141: Voice Vlan

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Description Use the display vlan command to display the ports in the current voice VLAN. Related command: voice vlan. Example # Display the ports included in the current voice VLAN, assuming that the current voice VLAN is VLAN 6.

  • Page 142: Voice Vlan Aging

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Caution: When you are enabling voice VLAN function for a specified VLAN, the specified VLAN must exist, otherwise, your configuration fails. If you want to delete a VLAN with voice VLAN function enabled, you must disable the voice VLAN function first.

  • Page 143: Voice Vlan Enable

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Related command: display voice vlan status. Example # Set the aging time of the voice VLAN to 100 minutes. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 144: Voice Vlan Mac-Address

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.8 voice vlan mac-address Syntax voice vlan mac-address oui mask oui-mask [ description text ] undo voice vlan mac-address oui View System view Parameter oui: MAC address to be set.

  • Page 145: Voice Vlan Mode

    Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] voice vlan mac-address 00aa-bb00-0000 mask ffff-ff00-0000 description ABC 1.1.9 voice vlan mode Syntax voice vlan mode auto...
  • Page 146 Command Manual – Voice VLAN Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the voice vlan security enable command to enable the voice VLAN security mode. Use the undo voice vlan security enable command to disable the voice VLAN security mode.
  • Page 147 Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display garp statistics ....................1-1 1.1.2 display garp timer ....................1-2 1.1.3 garp timer ........................

  • Page 148: Garp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display garp statistics Syntax display garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list: List of Ethernet ports.

  • Page 149: Chapter 1 Gvrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display garp timer Syntax display garp timer [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list: List of Ethernet ports. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...
  • Page 150 Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter hold: Sets the GARP Hold timer. When a GARP entity receives a piece of registration information, it does not send out a Join message immediately. Instead, to save the...

  • Page 151: Garp Timer Leaveall

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands Timer Lower threshold Upper threshold This lower threshold greater than or equal to twice This upper threshold is less than the timeout time of the Hold...

  • Page 152: Reset Garp Statistics

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands By default, the LeaveAll timer is set to 1,000 centiseconds (that is, 10 seconds). Description Use the garp timer leaveall command to set the GARP LeaveAll timer.

  • Page 153: Gvrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands Example # Clear GARP statistics of all ports. <Quidway> reset garp statistics 1.2 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.2.1 display gvrp statistics Syntax display gvrp statistics [ interface interface-list ]...

  • Page 154: Display Gvrp Status

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands 1.2.2 display gvrp status Syntax display gvrp status View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display gvrp status command to display the global GVRP status (enabled or disabled).

  • Page 155: Gvrp Registration

    Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands To enable GVRP for a port, you need to enable GVRP globally first. GVRP is disabled on any ports if GVRP is disabled globally. In this case, you cannot enable GVRP for a port.
  • Page 156 Command Manual – GVRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 GVRP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the GVRP registration type on the port Ethernet1/0/1 to fixed. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet1/0/1...
  • Page 157 Command Manual – Port BasicConfiguration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Commands................ 1-1 1.1.1 Port Basic Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1.2 broadcast-suppression.................... 1-1 1.1.3 copy configuration ....................1-2 1.1.4 description ....................... 1-4 1.1.5 display brief interface ....................

  • Page 158: Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.1 Port Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.2 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | pps max-pps } undo broadcast-suppression...

  • Page 159: Copy Configuration

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note: The global broadcast suppression setting configured by the broadcast-suppression command in system view takes effect on all Ethernet ports in the system except for the reflection ports, stack ports and ports having their own broadcast suppression settings.

  • Page 160: Description

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the copy configuration command to copy the configuration on a port to some other ports to keep consistent configuration on them.
  • Page 161 Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Copying Protocol based VLAN configuration... Copying LACP configuration... Copying QOS configuration... Copying GARP configuration... Copying STP configuration... Copying speed/duplex configuration... Note: Any aggregation group port you input in the destination port list will be removed from the list and the copy command will not take effect on the port.

  • Page 162: Display Brief Interface

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.5 display brief interface Syntax display brief interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | include | exclude } string ]...

  • Page 163: Display Interface

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Display the brief configuration information about the Ethernet1/0/1 port. <Quidway> display brief interface Ethernet1/0/1 Interface: - Ethernet - GigabitEthernet TENGE - tenGigabitEthernet...
  • Page 164 Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display interface command to display port configuration. When using this command: If you specify neither port type nor port number, the command displays information about all ports.
  • Page 165 Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Output(normal): - packets, - bytes - broadcasts, - multicasts, - pauses Output: 0 output errors, - underruns, - buffer failures 0 aborts, 0 deferred, 0 collisions, 0 late collisions...

  • Page 166: Display Loopback-Detection

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Input(total): 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 broadcasts, 0 multicasts, - pauses Input(normal): - packets, - bytes - broadcasts, - multicasts, - pauses...

  • Page 167: Display Transceiver-Information Interface

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands There is no port existing loopback link Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display loopback-detection command Field Description Port Ethernet1/0/1...

  • Page 168: Display Port

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Wave Length(nm) Vendor Name : 3Com Serial Number : L1RP3N0067090 3C Number Transfer Distance(m) Fiber 50um Fiber : 550 62.5um Fiber : 270 Copper Line 1.1.9 display port...
  • Page 169 Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter unit-id: Unit ID, in the range of 1 to 8. Description Use the display unit command to display information about the ports on a specified unit.

  • Page 170: Duplex

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands - broadcasts, - multicasts, - pauses Output: 0 output errors, - underruns, - buffer failures 0 aborts, 0 deferred, 0 collisions, 0 late collisions...

  • Page 171: Flow-Control

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] duplex auto 1.1.12 flow-control Syntax flow-control undo flow-control View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the current Ethernet port.

  • Page 172: Giant-Frame Statistics Enable

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter Interval: Interval (in seconds) to perform statistics on port information. This argument ranges from 5 to 300 (in step of 5) and is 300 by default.

  • Page 173: Interface

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the giant-frame statistics enable command to enable the giant-frame statistics function. Use the undo giant-frame statistics enable command to disable the giant-frame statistics function.

  • Page 174: Jumboframe Enable

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Range of port number Switch model Ethernet port GigabitEthernet port S3928P-SI S3928TP-SI S3928P-PWR-SI 1 to 24 1 to 4 S3928P-EI S3928F-EI S3928P-PWR-EI...

  • Page 175: Loopback

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Use the undo jumboframe enable command to allow frames that are not larger than 1536 bytes to pass through the current Ethernet port.

  • Page 176: Loopback-Detection Control Enable

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] 1.1.18 loopback-detection control enable Syntax loopback-detection control enable undo loopback-detection control enable View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the loopback-detection control enable command to enable the loopback detection control feature on the current trunk or hybrid port.

  • Page 177: Loopback-Detection Enable

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.19 loopback-detection enable Syntax loopback-detection enable undo loopback-detection enable View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the loopback-detection enable command to enable the loopback detection feature on ports to detect whether external loopback occurs on a port.

  • Page 178: Loopback-Detection Per-Vlan Enable

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo loopback-detection interval-time View System view Parameter time: Time interval for loopback detection, in the range of 5 to 300 (in seconds). It is 30 seconds by default.

  • Page 179: Mdi

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note that the command is invalid for any access port. Example # Configure the system to run loopback detection on all VLANs of the Ethernet1/0/1 port (suppose it is a trunk or hybrid port).

  • Page 180: Multicast-Suppression

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.23 multicast-suppression Syntax multicast-suppression { ratio | pps max-pps } undo multicast-suppression View Ethernet port view Parameter ratio: Maximum ratio of received multicast traffic to the total bandwidth on the Ethernet port.

  • Page 181: Port Access Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.24 port access vlan Syntax port access vlan vlan-id undo port access vlan View Ethernet port view Parameter vlan-id: VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q, in the range of 1 to 4094.

  • Page 182: Port Hybrid Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.25 port hybrid pvid vlan Syntax port hybrid pvid vlan vlan-id undo port hybrid pvid View Ethernet port view Parameter vlan-id: VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q, in the range of 1 to 4094. It is 1 by default.

  • Page 183: Port Link-Type

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter vlan-id-list: VLAN range to which the hybrid port will be added. vlan-id-list = [ vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] ]&<1-10>, where, vlan-id is in the range of 1 to 4094 and can be discrete, and &<1-10>...

  • Page 184: Port Trunk Permit Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter access: Sets the port as an access port. hybrid: Sets the port as a hybrid port. trunk: Sets the port as a trunk port.

  • Page 185: Port Trunk Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter vlan-id-list: VLAN range to which the trunk port will be added. vlan-id-list = [ vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] ]&<1-10>, where, vlan-id is in the range of 1 to 4094 and can be discrete, and &<1-10>...

  • Page 186: Reset Counters Interface

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands To guarantee the proper packet transmission, the default VLAN ID of the local trunk port must be identical with that of the trunk port on the peer switch connected with the local trunk port.

  • Page 187: Shutdown

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.31 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to disable an Ethernet port.

  • Page 188: Unicast-Suppression

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the speed command to set the port speed. Use the undo speed command to restore the port speed to the default setting.

  • Page 189: Virtual-Cable-Test

    Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands By default, the switch does not suppress unknown unicast traffic. Example # Allow unknown incoming unicast traffic on the Ethernet1/0/1 port to occupy at most 20% of the bandwidth on the port.
  • Page 190 Command Manual – Port Basic Configuration Chapter 1 Port Basic Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Pair skew Pair swap Pair polarity Insertion loss Return loss Near-end crosstalk By default, the system does not test the cable connected to the Ethernet port.
  • Page 191 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1.1 display link-aggregation interface................1-1 1.1.2 display link-aggregation summary................1-2 1.1.3 display link-aggregation verbose................

  • Page 192: Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display link-aggregation interface Syntax display link-aggregation interface interface-type interface-number interface-type interface-number ]...

  • Page 193: Display Link-Aggregation Summary

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Port-Priority: 32768, Oper key: 2, Flag: 0x45 Remote: System ID: 0x8000, 0000-0000-0000 Port Number: 0, Port-Priority: 32768 , Oper-key: 0, Flag: 0x38 Received LACP Packets: 0 packet(s), Illegal: 0 packet(s)
  • Page 194 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display link-aggregation summary command to display summary information of all aggregation groups, including device ID of the local end, aggregation group ID, aggregation group type, device ID of the remote end, number of the selected ports, number of the unselected ports, load sharing type and master port number.

  • Page 195: Display Link-Aggregation Verbose

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Master Port Number of the master port 1.1.3 display link-aggregation verbose Syntax display link-aggregation verbose [ agg-id ] View Any view...

  • Page 196: Display Lacp System-Id

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands System ID: 0x16, 0012-a990-2240 Port Status: S -- Selected, U -- Unselected Local: Port Status Priority Key Flag ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ethernet1/0/4 32768 {ACDEFG} Ethernet1/0/5...

  • Page 197: Lacp Enable

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display lacp system-id command to display the device ID of the local system, including the system priority and the MAC address.

  • Page 198: Lacp Port-Priority

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.6 lacp port-priority Syntax lacp port-priority port-priority undo lacp port-priority View Ethernet port view Parameter port-priority: Port priority, ranging from 0 to 65,535 and defaulting to 32,768.

  • Page 199: Link-Aggregation Group Agg-Id Description

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Set the system priority to 64. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] lacp system-priority 64 1.1.8 link-aggregation group agg-id description...

  • Page 200: Link-Aggregation Group Agg-Id Mode

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.9 link-aggregation group agg-id mode Syntax link-aggregation group agg-id mode { manual | static } undo link-aggregation group agg-id View System view Parameter agg-id: Aggregation group ID, in the range of 1 to 416.

  • Page 201: Reset Lacp Statistics

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the port link-aggregation group command to add the current Ethernet port to a manual or static aggregation group. Use the undo port link-aggregation group command to remove the current Ethernet port from the aggregation group.
  • Page 202 Command Manual - Port Isolation Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 display isolate port ....................1-1 1.1.2 port isolate....................... 1-1...

  • Page 203: Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual - Port Isolation Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display isolate port Syntax display isolate port View Any view Parameter...
  • Page 204 Command Manual - Port Isolation Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the port isolate command to add an Ethernet port to the isolation group. Use the undo port isolate command to remove an Ethernet port from the isolation group.
  • Page 205 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Security Commands.................... 1-1 1.1 Port Security Commands....................1-1 1.1.1 display mac-address security.................. 1-1 1.1.2 display port-security ....................1-1 1.1.3 mac-address security ....................

  • Page 206: Chapter 1 Port Security Commands

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1.1 Port Security Commands 1.1.1 display mac-address security Syntax display mac-address security [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ vlan...
  • Page 207 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands View Any view Parameter interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, which can contain multiple Ethernet ports. The interface-list argument is in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &...
  • Page 208 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Ethernet1/0/1 is link-down Port mode is noRestriction NeedtoKnow mode is needtoknowonly Intrusion mode is disableport Max mac-address num is 100 Stored mac-address num is 0 Authorization is permit (Any display that follows is omitted.)

  • Page 209: Mac-Address Security

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Field Description Intrusion mode intrusion detection mode disableportTemporarily disableportTemporarily. maximum number Max mac-address num is not configured addresses allowed to access the port is not configured here.

  • Page 210: Port-Security Enable

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Note: You can add Security MAC address only when the port-security is enabled globally and the port-security port-mode autolearn command is configured on the port.

  • Page 211: Port-Security Intrusion-Mode

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Caution: To avoid confliction, the following limitation on the 802.1x and the MAC address authentication will be taken after port security is enabled: The access control mode (set by the dot1x port-control command) automatically changes to auto.
  • Page 212 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Note: You can use the port-security timer disableport command to set the time period during which the port is disconnected in the disableport-temporarily mode...

  • Page 213: Port-Security Authorization Ignore

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands # Enter Ethernet1/0/1 port view. [Quidway] interface Ethernet1/0/1 # Set the action mode of the Intrusion Protection feature on Ethernet1/0/1 port to disableport.

  • Page 214: Port-Security Max-Mac-Count

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1.1.7 port-security max-mac-count Syntax port-security max-mac-count count-value undo port-security max-mac-count View Ethernet port view Parameter count-value: Maximum number of MAC addresses, in the range of 1 to 1024.
  • Page 215 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter ntkonly: Allows system transmit only unicast packets with successfully-authenticated destination MAC addresses. ntk-withbroadcasts: Allows the system to transmit the broadcast packets and the unicast packets with successfully-authenticated destination MAC addresses.

  • Page 216: Port-Security Oui

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands 1.1.9 port-security oui Syntax port-security oui OUI-value index index-value undo port-security oui index id-value View System view Parameter OUI-value: OUI value. You can input a complete MAC address (hexadecimal) for this argument and the system will calculate the OUI value from your input.

  • Page 217: Port-Security Port-Mode

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Example # Set an OUI value by specifying the MAC address 00ef-ec00-0000, and set the OUI index to 5 <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 218 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Security Description Feature mode In this mode, the system is disabled from learning MAC addresses from this port. secure Only the packets whose original MAC addresses are the configured static MAC addresses can pass the port.

  • Page 219: Port-Security Timer Disableport

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Security Description Feature mode This mode similar userlogin- userlogin-secure-or-mac mode, except that secure-or- there can be more than one 802.1x-authenticated mac-ext user on the port.

  • Page 220: Port-Security Trap

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Note: The time set by the port-security timer disableport command takes effect when the disableport-temporarily mode is set by the port-security intrusion-mode command.
  • Page 221 Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Port Security Commands Note: RADIUS authenticated login using MAC-address (RALM) refers address–based RADIUS authentication. Description Use the port-security trap command to enable the sending of the specified type(s) of trap messages.

  • Page 222: Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands 2.1 Port Binding Commands 2.1.1 am user-bind interface Syntax am user-bind mac-addr mac-address ip-addr ip-address interface interface-type...

  • Page 223: Am User-Bind

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands [Quidway] am user-bind mac-addr 00e0-fc00-5101 ip-addr 10.153.1.1 interface Ethernet1/0/1 2.1.2 am user-bind Syntax am user-bind mac-addr mac-address ip-addr ip-address undo am user-bind mac-addr mac-address ip-addr ip-address...

  • Page 224: Display Am User-Bind

    Command Manual – Port Security & Port Binding Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 Port Binding Commands 2.1.3 display am user-bind Syntax display am user-bind [ interface interface-type interface-number | mac-addr | ip-addr ] View Any view Parameter interface: Displays the binding information of specified interface.
  • Page 225 Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display dldp ......................1-1 1.1.2 dldp.......................... 1-2 1.1.3 dldp authentication-mode..................1-3 1.1.4 dldp interval ......................

  • Page 226: Chapter 1 Dldp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dldp Syntax display dldp { unit-id | interface-type interface-number } View Any view Parameter unit-id: Unit number of the device.

  • Page 227: Dldp

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands interface GigabitEthernet1/1/1 dldp port state : advertisement dldp link state : up The neighbor number of the port is 1. neighbor mac address : 00e0-fc27-750d...

  • Page 228: Dldp Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Example # Enable DLDP globally on all optical ports of the switch. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] dldp enable All fiber ports except fabric ports have enabled DLDP! 1.1.3 dldp authentication-mode...

  • Page 229: Dldp Interval

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Related command: dldp unidirectional-shutdown. Example # Set the DLDP authentication mode and password for the ports connected with fiber cables or copper twisted pairs between Quidway A and Quidway B to plain text and abc respectively.

  • Page 230: Dldp Reset

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Example # Set the interval of sending advertisement packets to 20 seconds when all the DLDP-enabled ports are in the Advertisement status. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 231: Dldp Work-Mode

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands undo dldp unidirectional-shutdown View System view Parameter auto: In this mode, when DLDP finds an unidirectional link or finds (in the enhanced mode) that the peer port is down , it automatically disables the corresponding port.

  • Page 232: Dldp Delaydown-Timer

    Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands normal: Configures DLDP to work in normal mode. In this mode, DLDP does not probe actively whether neighbors exist when neighbor tables are aging. Description Use the dldp work-mode command to set the DLDP operating mode.
  • Page 233 Command Manual - DLDP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Use the undo dldp delaydown-timer command to restore the default delaydown timer setting. Example # Set the delaydown timer to 2 seconds. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 234 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Commands ............1-1 1.1 MAC Address Table Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1.1 display mac-address aging-time ................1-1 1.1.2 display mac-address ....................

  • Page 235: Chapter 1 Mac Address Table Configuration Commands

    This chapter describes the management of static, dynamic, and blackhole MAC address entries. For information about the management of multicast MAC address entries, refer to the section related to multicast protocol in Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches Command Manual. 1.1 MAC Address Table Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display mac-address aging-time...

  • Page 236: Display Mac-Address

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Mac address aging time: no-aging The output information indicates that dynamic MAC address entries do not age out. 1.1.2 display mac-address...
  • Page 237 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands vlan-id: VLAN ID. This argument ranges from 1 to 4094. count: Displays only the total number of the MAC address entries.

  • Page 238: Mac-Address

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Indicates whether a MAC address entry AGING TIME(s) is aging 1.1.3 mac-address Syntax In system view: mac-address { static | dynamic | blackhole } mac-address interface interface-type...

  • Page 239: Mac-Address Max-Mac-Count

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Value Description { static | dynamic | blackhole } Removes a specified static, dynamic, or mac-address [ interface interface-type blackhole MAC address entry.

  • Page 240: Mac-Address Timer

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter count: Maximum number of MAC addresses a port can learn. This argument ranges from 0 to 4,096. A value of 0 disables the port from learning MAC addresses.
  • Page 241 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the mac-address timer command to set the aging time for dynamic MAC address entries. Use the undo mac-address timer command to restore the default aging time.
  • Page 242 Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 detect-group ......................1-1 1.1.2 detect-list ......................... 1-1 1.1.3 display detect-group....................

  • Page 243: Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 1.1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 1.1.1 detect-group Syntax detect-group group-number undo detect-group group-number View System view Parameter group-number: Detecting group number ranging from 1 to 25.

  • Page 244: Display Detect-Group

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Parameter list-number: Sequence number of the IP address to be added to the detecting group. This argument ranges from 1 to 10. ip address ip-address: Specifies the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) to be detected.
  • Page 245 Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Description Use the display detect-group command to display the configuration of a specified detecting group or all detecting groups. Example # Display the configuration of detecting group 1.
  • Page 246 Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 1.1.4 option Syntax option [ and | or ] undo option View Detecting group view Parameter and: Specifies the detecting result is reachable only when all the IP addresses contained in the detecting group are reachable.

  • Page 247: Retry

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 1.1.5 retry Syntax retry retry-times View Detecting group view Parameter retry-times: Retry times during a detect operation. This argument ranges from 0 to 10 and defaults to 2.

  • Page 248: Timer Wait

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Auto Detect Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] detect-group 10 [Quidway-detect-group-10] timer loop 60 1.1.7 timer wait Syntax timer wait seconds View...

  • Page 249: Chapter 2 Commands For Auto Detect Implementation

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Chapter 2 Commands for Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Implementation Chapter 2 Commands for Auto Detect Implementation Note: Refer to the Routing Protocol chapter in this manual for information about static routing.

  • Page 250: Standby Detect-Group

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Chapter 2 Commands for Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Implementation blackhole: Specifies the route to be a blackhole route. If you specify this keyword when executing this command, all outbound interfaces of the static route are the Null 0 interfaces regardless of the next hop.

  • Page 251: Vrrp Vrid Track Detect-Group

    Command Manual – Auto Detect Chapter 2 Commands for Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Implementation Enable the secondary interface when the result of the detecting group is unreachable. When the link between the primary VLAN interface and the destination comes back up, that is, the result of the detecting group is reachable again, the system enables the primary VLAN interface and shuts down the secondary.
  • Page 252 Command Manual – Auto Detect Chapter 2 Commands for Auto Detect Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Implementation Note: Currently, auto detect in VRRP is only supported in S3900-EI series switches. Example # Create detecting group 10 and specify to detect the IP address of 202.12.1.55.
  • Page 253 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 active region-configuration ..................1-1 1.1.2 bpdu-drop any ......................1-2 1.1.3 check region-configuration ..................1-2 1.1.4 display stp .......................
  • Page 254 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 1.1.37 stp region-configuration..................1-39 1.1.38 stp root primary ....................1-40 1.1.39 stp root secondary....................1-41 1.1.40 stp root-protection ....................1-42 1.1.41 stp tc-protection....................1-43 1.1.42 stp timer forward-delay..................1-44 1.1.43 stp timer hello ......................

  • Page 255: Chapter 1 Mstp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 active region-configuration Syntax active region-configuration View MST region view Parameter None Description Use the active region-configuration command to activate the settings of an MST (multiple spanning tree) region.

  • Page 256: Bpdu-Drop Any

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.2 bpdu-drop any Syntax bpdu-drop any undo bpdu-drop any View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the bpdu-drop any command to configure the BPDU packets drop function on an Ethernet port.
  • Page 257 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the check region-configuration command to display the current MST region configuration (maybe inactivated), including region name, revision level, and VLAN mapping table.

  • Page 258: Display Stp

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.4 display stp Syntax display stp [ instance instance-id ] [ interface interface-list | slot slot-number ] [ brief ] View Any view Parameter instance-id: ID of the spanning tree instance ranging from 0 to 16. A value of 0 specifies the common and internal spanning tree (CIST).

  • Page 259: Display Stp Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands root, CIST root port of the switch, the state of the BPDU (bridge protocol data unit) protection function (enabled or disabled), and the state of the digest snooping feature (enabled or disabled).

  • Page 260: Instance

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display stp region-configuration command to display the activated MST region configuration, including the region name, region revision level, and spanning tree instance-to-VLAN mappings configured for the switch.
  • Page 261 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View MST region view Parameter instance-id: ID of a spanning tree instance ranging from 0 to 16. A value of 0 specifies the CIST. vlan-list: List of VLANs. You need to provide this argument in the form of vlan-list = { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] }&<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 262: Region-Name

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.7 region-name Syntax region-name name undo region-name View MST region view Parameter name: MST region name to be set for the switch, a string of 1 to 32 characters.

  • Page 263: Revision-Level

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10> means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes/port index ranges for this argument. Description Use the reset stp command to clear spanning tree-related statistics on Ethernet ports.

  • Page 264: Stp

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Example # Set the MSTP revision level of the MST region to 5. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp region-configuration [Quidway-mst-region] revision-level 5 1.1.10 stp...

  • Page 265: Stp Bpdu-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface ethernet 1/0/1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] stp disable 1.1.11 stp bpdu-protection Syntax stp bpdu-protection undo stp bpdu-protection View System view Parameter None Description Use the stp bpdu-protection command to enable the BPDU protection function.

  • Page 266: Stp Bridge-Diameter

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Caution: As Gigabit ports of an S3900 series switch cannot be shut down, the BPDU protection function is not applicable to these ports even if you enable the BPDU protection function and specify these ports to be MSTP edge ports.

  • Page 267: Stp Compliance

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.13 stp compliance Syntax stp compliance { auto | legacy | dot1s } undo stp compliance View Ethernet port view Parameter auto: Sets the MSTP packet format as auto.

  • Page 268: Stp Config-Digest-Snooping

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands # Restore the default MSTP packet format. [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] undo stp compliance 1.1.14 stp config-digest-snooping Syntax stp config-digest-snooping undo stp config-digest-snooping View Ethernet port view Parameter...

  • Page 269: Stp Cost

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Note: The digest snooping feature is needed only when your S3900 series switch is connected to partner's proprietary protocol-adopted switches. To enable the digest snooping feature successfully, you must first enable it on all the switch ports that connect to partner's proprietary protocol-adopted switches and then enable it globally.

  • Page 270: Stp Edged-Port

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp cost command to set the path cost of the current port in a specified spanning tree instance. Use the undo stp cost command to revert to the default path cost of the current port in the specified spanning tree instance.

  • Page 271: Stp Interface

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the stp edged-port disable command to configure the current Ethernet port as a non-edge port. Use the undo stp edged-port command to restore the current Ethernet port to its default state.

  • Page 272: Stp Interface Config-Digest-Snooping

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...
  • Page 273 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the format of interface-list ={ interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 274: Stp Interface Cost

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Note: The digest snooping feature is needed only when your S3900 series switch is connected to partner's proprietary protocol-adopted switches. To enable the digest snooping feature successfully, you must first enable it on all the ports of your S3900 series switch that are connected to partner's proprietary protocol-adopted switches and then enable it globally.

  • Page 275: Stp Interface Edged-Port

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp interface cost command to set the path cost(s) of the specified port(s) in a specified spanning tree instance in system view.

  • Page 276: Stp Interface Loop-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands disable: Configures the specified Ethernet ports to be non-edge ports. Description Use the stp interface edged-port enable command to configure the specified Ethernet port(s) as edge ports in system view.

  • Page 277: Stp Interface Mcheck

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands undo stp interface interface-list loop-protection View System view Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 278: Stp Interface No-Agreement-Check

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 279: Stp Interface Point-To-Point

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The rapid transition feature is disabled on any port by default. Some manufactures' switches adopt proprietary spanning tree protocols that are similar to RSTP in the way to implement rapid transition on designated ports. When a switch of this kind operates as the upstream switch of an S3900 series switch running MSTP, the upstream designated port fails to change their states rapidly.
  • Page 280 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10> means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes/port index ranges for this argument. force-true: Specifies that the links connected to the specified Ethernet ports are point-to-point links.

  • Page 281: Stp Interface Port Priority

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.25 stp interface port priority Syntax stp interface interface-list instance instance-id port priority priority undo stp interface interface-list instance instance-id port priority View System view Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list.

  • Page 282: Stp Interface Root-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.26 stp interface root-protection Syntax stp interface interface-list root-protection undo stp interface interface-list root-protection View System view Parameter interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 283: Stp Interface Transmit-Limit

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Example # Enable the root protection function on Ethernet1/0/1 port. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp interface Ethernet 1/0/1 root-protection 1.1.27 stp interface transmit-limit...

  • Page 284: Stp Loop-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.28 stp loop-protection Syntax stp loop-protection undo stp loop-protection View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the stp loop-protection command to enable the loop prevention function on the current port.

  • Page 285: Stp Max-Hops

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.29 stp max-hops Syntax stp max-hops hops undo stp max-hops View System view Parameter hops: Maximum hops to be set. This argument ranges from 1 to 40. The default maximum hops value of an MST region is 20.

  • Page 286: Stp Mcheck

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.30 stp mcheck Syntax stp mcheck View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the stp mcheck command to perform the mCheck operation on the current port.

  • Page 287: Stp No-Agreement-Check

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter stp: Enables the STP-compatible mode. mstp: Enables the MSTP mode. rstp: Enables RSTP-compatible. Description Use the stp mode command to set the MSTP operation mode.

  • Page 288: Stp Pathcost-Standard

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp no-agreement-check command to enable the rapid transition feature for a port. Use the stp no-agreement-check command to disable the rapid transition feature.
  • Page 289 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter dot1d-1998: Uses the IEEE 802.1D-1998 standard to calculate the default path costs of ports. dot1t: Uses the IEEE 802.1t standard to calculate the default path costs of ports.

  • Page 290: Stp Point-To-Point

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Normally, when a port operates in full-duplex mode, the corresponding path cost is slightly less than that when the port operates in half-duplex mode. When calculating the path cost of an aggregated link, the 802.1D-1998 standard does not take the number of the ports on the aggregated link into account, whereas the 802.1T standard does.

  • Page 291: Stp Port Priority

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp point-to-point command to specify whether the link connected to the current Ethernet port is a point-to-point link. Use the undo stp point-to-point command to restore the link connected to the current Ethernet port to its default link type, which is automatically determined by MSTP.

  • Page 292: Stp Priority

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands port priority priority: Sets the port priority. The priority argument ranges from 0 to 240 and must be a multiple of 16 (such as 0, 16, and 32). The default port priority of a port in any spanning tree instance is 128.

  • Page 293: Stp Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp priority command to set the priority of the switch in the specified spanning tree instance. Use the undo stp priority command to restore the switch to the default priority in the specified spanning tree instance.

  • Page 294: Stp Root Primary

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands And you can modify the three settings after entering MST region view by using the stp region-configuration command. Example # Enter MST region view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 295: Stp Root Secondary

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands recommended to set the network diameter and leave the Forward delay and Max age parameters being automatically determined by the network diameter you set. Caution: You can configure only one root bridge for a spanning tree instance and can configure one or more secondary root bridges for a spanning tree instance.

  • Page 296: Stp Root-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp root secondary command to configure the current switch as a secondary root bridge of a specified spanning tree instance. Use the undo stp root command to cancel the current configuration.

  • Page 297: Stp Tc-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo stp root-protection command to restore the root protection function to the default state on the current port. By default, the root protection function is disabled.

  • Page 298: Stp Timer Forward-Delay

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands A switch removes MAC address entries and ARP entries upon receiving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user sends a large amount of TC-BPDUs to a switch in a short period, the switch may busy itself in removing MAC address entries and ARP entries, which may decreases the performance and stability of the switch.

  • Page 299: Stp Timer Hello

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands As for the configuration of the three time-related parameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay, and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter.

  • Page 300: Stp Timer Max-Age

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands As for the configuration of the three time-related parameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay, and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter.

  • Page 301: Stp Timer-Factor

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands As for the configuration of the three time-related parameters (that is, the Hello time, Forward delay, and Max age parameters), the following formulas must be met to prevent network jitter.

  • Page 302: Stp Transmit-Limit

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Spanning trees may be regenerated even in a steady network if an upstream switch continues to be busy. You can configure the timeout time factor to a larger number to avoid this.

  • Page 303: Vlan-Mapping Modulo

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.47 vlan-mapping modulo Syntax vlan-mapping modulo modulo View MST region view Parameter modulo: Modulo ranging from 1 to 16. Description Use the vlan-mapping modulo command to map VLANs to specific spanning tree instances.
  • Page 304 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp region-configuration [Quidway-mst-region] vlan-mapping modulo 16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-50...

  • Page 305: Chapter 2 Bpdu Tunnel Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands Chapter 2 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands 2.1 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands 2.1.1 vlan-vpn tunnel Syntax vlan-vpn tunnel undo vlan-vpn tunnel View System view Parameter...
  • Page 306 Command Manual – MSTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands Example # Enable the BPDU Tunnel function for the switch. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] vlan-vpn tunnel Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 307 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Routing Table Monitoring Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip routing-table .................... 1-1 1.1.2 display ip routing-table acl..................1-2 1.1.3 display ip routing-table ip-address ................
  • Page 308 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 2.1.22 rip work........................ 2-20 2.1.23 summary......................2-20 2.1.24 timers........................2-21 2.1.25 traffic-share-across-interface ................2-22 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands................3-1 3.1 OSPF Configuration Commands ..................3-1 3.1.1 abr-summary ......................
  • Page 309 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 3.1.37 ospf mib-binding ....................3-41 3.1.38 ospf mtu-enable ....................3-42 3.1.39 ospf network-type....................3-43 3.1.40 ospf timer dead....................3-44 3.1.41 ospf timer hello ....................3-45 3.1.42 ospf timer poll ...................... 3-45 3.1.43 ospf timer retransmit ...................

  • Page 310: Routing Table Monitoring Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Note: When running a routing protocol, the Ethernet switch also functions as a router. The words “router” and the router icons covered in the following text represent routers in common sense and Ethernet switches running a routing protocol.

  • Page 311: Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 1.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 1.1.1.1 Vlan-interface1 1.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 2.2.2.0/24 DIRECT 2.2.2.1 Vlan-interface2 2.2.2.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 3.3.3.0/24 DIRECT 3.3.3.1...
  • Page 312 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display ip routing-table acl command to display the routes that filtered through a specific basic ACL. This command is used to track and display the results of route policy. It displays and only displays the routes that filtered through the basic ACL you specified by an ACL number.
  • Page 313 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-table acl command Field Description Destination Destination address Mask Mask Protocol Routing protocol...

  • Page 314: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description The routing protocol does not redistribute NoAdvise route NoAdvise when it redistributes routes based on the policy. Normally, the routing protocol...
  • Page 315 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter ip-address: Destination IP address, in dotted decimal notation. mask: IP address mask, length in dotted decimal notation or expressed as an integer. It ranges from 0 to 32 when expressed as an integer.

  • Page 316: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address1 Ip-Address2

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway> display ip routing-table 169.253.0.0 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 169.0.0.0/8 Static 2.1.1.1 LoopBack1 # There are corresponding routes in the natural mask range. Display detailed information.

  • Page 317: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands ip-address2 ANDed with mask2 specifies the end. This command displays the route in this address range. mask1, mask2: IP address mask, length in dotted decimal notation or expressed as an integer.
  • Page 318 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display ip routing-table ip-prefix command to display the routes that filtered through a specific ip-prefix list. This command is mainly used to track and display the results of route policy. It displays and only displays the routes that filtered through the ip-prefix list you specified.

  • Page 319: Display Ip Routing-Table Protocol

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.6 display ip routing-table protocol Syntax display ip routing-table protocol protocol [ inactive | verbose ] View Any view Parameter protocol: You can provide one of the following values for this argument.

  • Page 320: Display Ip Routing-Table Radix

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 210.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 # Display the static routing table. <Quidway> display ip routing-table protocol static STATIC Routing tables: Summary count: 1 STATIC Routing tables status:<active>: Summary count: 0 STATIC Routing tables status:<inactive>:...

  • Page 321: Display Ip Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-table radix command Field Description INET Address suite inodes Number of nodes routes Number of routes 1.1.8 display ip routing-table statistics...

  • Page 322: Display Ip Routing-Table Verbose

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-table statistics command Field Description Routing protocol. O_ASE stands for OSPF_ASE routes; O_NSSA stands for Proto OSPF NSSA routes;...

  • Page 323: Delete Static-Routes All

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway> display ip routing-table verbose Routing Tables: + = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both * = Next hop in use...

  • Page 324: Ip Route-Static

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter None Description Use the delete static-routes all command to delete all static routes. The system will request your confirmation before it deletes all the configured static routes.
  • Page 325 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands preference-value: Preference level of the route, in the range from 1 to 255. The default preference is 60. reject: Indicates an unreachable route. If a static route to a destination has the "reject"...

  • Page 326: Chapter 2 Rip Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Note: When running a routing protocol, the Ethernet switch also functions as a router. The word “router” and the router icons covered in the following text represent routers in common sense and Ethernet switches running a routing protocol.

  • Page 327: Default Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] rip [Quidway-rip] undo checkzero 2.1.2 default cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View...

  • Page 328: Display Rip Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the display rip command to display the current RIP operation state and RIP configuration. Example # Display the current RIP operation state and configuration.

  • Page 329: Display Rip Routing

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter View Description Use the display rip interface command to display RIP interface information. Example # Display RIP interface information. <Quidway> display rip interface...

  • Page 330: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display rip routing command to display RIP routing information. Example # Display RIP routing table information.

  • Page 331: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands filter-policy route-policy route-policy-name export undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ routing-protocol ] undo filter-policy route-policy route-policy-name export View RIP view...
  • Page 332 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway ip-prefix-name ] | route-policy route-policy-name } import undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway ip-prefix-name ] |...

  • Page 333: Host-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.8 host-route Syntax host-route undo host-route View RIP view Parameter None Description Use the host-route command to enable RIP to accept host routes. Use the undo host-route command to reject host routes.

  • Page 334: Network

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands value: Cost value of the routes to be imported. route-policy route-policy-name: Specifies to import only the routes matching the conditions of the specified route-policy Description Use the import-route command to import the routes of another protocol into RIP.

  • Page 335: Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP view Parameter network-address: Address of the network for which RIP is enabled/disabled. It can be the IP network address of any interface.

  • Page 336: Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands undo peer ip-address View RIP view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the interface on the peer router with which routing information needs to be exchanged, in dotted decimal notation.

  • Page 337: Reset

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Every routing protocol has its own preference. Its default value is determined by the specific routing policy. The preferences of routing protocols will finally determine which routing algorithm's routes will be selected as the optimal routes in the IP routing table.

  • Page 338: Rip Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the rip command to enable RIP and enter RIP view. Use the undo rip command to disable RIP.
  • Page 339 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands password: Simple text authentication key, containing 1 to 16 characters. md5: Specifies to use MD5 cipher text authentication mode. rfc2453: Specifies that MD5 cipher text authentication packets will use a packet format (IETF standard) stipulated by RFC2453.

  • Page 340: Rip Input

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.16 rip input Syntax rip input undo rip input View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip input command to enable an interface to receive RIP packets.

  • Page 341: Rip Metricout

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameter value: Additional route metric added when receiving a RIP route, ranging from 0 to 16. By default, the value is 0. Description Use the rip metricin command to configure the additional route metric added to the RIP routes received on an interface.

  • Page 342: Rip Output

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the rip metricout command to configure the additional route metric added to the RIP routes to be transmitted on an interface. Use the undo rip metricout command to restore the default value of this additional route metric.

  • Page 343: Rip Split-Horizon

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands By default, all interfaces except loopback interfaces are enabled to transmit RIP packets to the external. This command is used in cooperation with another two commands: rip input and rip work .

  • Page 344: Rip Version

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] undo rip split-horizon 2.1.21 rip version Syntax rip version { 1 | 2 [ broadcast | multicast ] }...

  • Page 345: Rip Work

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.22 rip work Syntax rip work undo rip work View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip work command to enable RIP to transmit and receive RIP packets on an interface.

  • Page 346: Timers

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the summary command to enable RIP-2 automatic route aggregation. Use the undo summary command to disable RIP-2 automatic route aggregation.

  • Page 347: Traffic-Share-Across-Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the timers command to modify the values of the three RIP timers: Period Update, Timeout, and Garbage-collection (which is usually set to a value four times that of the Period Update timer).
  • Page 348 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands By default, traffic sharing across RIP interfaces is disabled. Example # Enable traffic sharing across RIP interfaces. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 349: Chapter 3 Ospf Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Note: Among S3900 Series Ethernet Switches, only S3900-EI series support OSPF protocol. Note: When running a routing protocol, the Ethernet switch also functions as a router. The words “router”...

  • Page 350: Area

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the undo abr-summary command to disable route aggregation on an ABR. By default, an ABR does not aggregate routes. This command is applicable to ABRs only and is used for route aggregation in an area.

  • Page 351: Asbr-Summary

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway] ospf 1 [Quidway-ospf-1] area 0 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0] 3.1.3 asbr-summary Syntax asbr-summary ip-address mask [ not-advertise | tag value ] undo asbr-summary ip-address mask View...

  • Page 352: Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway] ospf 1 [Quidway-ospf-1] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise 3.1.4 authentication-mode Syntax authentication-mode { simple | md5 } undo authentication-mode View OSPF Area view Parameter simple: Uses simple text authentication mode.

  • Page 353: Default Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0] authentication-mode md5 3.1.5 default cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View OSPF view Parameter value: Default routing cost of external route imported by OSPF, ranging from 0 to 16,777,214.

  • Page 354: Default Limit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Default interval, in seconds, of importing external routes. It ranges from 1 to 2147483647 and defaults to 1. Description Use the default interval command to configure the default interval for OSPF to import external routes.

  • Page 355: Default Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands device. Therefore, it is necessary to limit the number of external routes imported during each import interval. Related command: default interval. Example # Specify the default limit on the number of external routes imported by OSPF in each import interval as 200.

  • Page 356: Default Type

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.9 default type Syntax default type { 1 | 2 } undo default type View OSPF view Parameter type 1: External routes of type 1.

  • Page 357: Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter value: Cost value of the default route transmitted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area. It ranges from 0 to 16,777,214 and defaults to 1.
  • Page 358 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter always: Generates an ase lsa describing the default route and advertises it if the local router is not configured with the default route. If this keyword is not provided, the local router must be configured with the default route before it can import the ase lsa, which generates the default route.

  • Page 359: Display Debugging Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.12 display debugging ospf Syntax display debugging ospf View Any view Description Use the display debugging ospf command to display the debugging states of OSPF processes.

  • Page 360: Display Ospf Asbr-Summary

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands IA 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 10.153.17.89 Vlan-interface1 Table 3-1 Description on the fields of the display ospf abr-asbr command Field Description Destination Router ID of the ABR or ASBR...

  • Page 361: Display Ospf Brief

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Summary Address : 168.10.0.0 mask : 255.254.0.0 status : Advertise The Count of Route is 0 Summary Address : 1.1.0.0 mask : 255.255.0.0 : 100...
  • Page 362 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Display brief OSPF information. <Quidway> display ospf brief OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 10.110.95.189 OSPF Protocol Information RouterID: 10.110.95.189 Border Router: Area AS...

  • Page 363: Display Ospf Cumulative

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Interface Name of interface belonging to this area Cost Cost of routes State State information Type Network type of OSPF interface Priority...
  • Page 364 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Type Input Output Hello DB Description Link-State Req Link-State Update Link-State Ack ASE: 1 Checksum Sum: FCAF LSAs originated by this router Router: 50...

  • Page 365: Display Ospf Error

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description rtr, net, sumasb, Number of all LSAs in this area sumnet Intra Area Number of intra-area routes Routing Table Inter Area Number of inter-area routes Number of external routes 3.1.17 display ospf error...
  • Page 366 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 0: DD: unknown LSA type 0: LS ACK: neighbor state low 0: LS ACK: wrong ack 1: LS ACK: duplicate ack 0: LS ACK: unknown LSA type...

  • Page 367: Display Ospf Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Database description (DD) packet: asynchronous DD: neighbor state low neighbor state DD: unknown LSA type DD packet: unknown LSA type DD: router id confusion...
  • Page 368 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF Process ID. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes.

  • Page 369: Display Ospf Lsdb

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.19 display ospf lsdb Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] [ area-id ] lsdb [ brief | [ asbr | ase | network | nssa |...
  • Page 370 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Link State Database Area: 0.0.0.0 Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.2 465 36 8000000c 0 SpfTree 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 449 36...

  • Page 371: Display Ospf Nexthop

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands len: 36 seq#: 80000001 chksum: 0xfcaf Options: (DC) Net mask:255.255.0.0 Tos 0 metric: 1 E type : 2 Forwarding Address: 0.0.0.0 Tag: 1 Table 3-8 Description on the fields of the display ospf lsdb ase command...

  • Page 372: Display Ospf Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf nexthop command to display the OSPF next-hop information. Example # Display the OSPF next-hop information. <Quidway> display ospf nexthop OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1...
  • Page 373 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the display ospf peer brief command to display the brief information, including router ID, interface, and state, about every OSPF peer. Use the display ospf peer statistics command to display the statistics of every OSPF peer, namely, the number of peers in various states in every area.
  • Page 374 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Router ID Address DeadTime(s) Interface State 2.2.2.2 192.168.0.2 Vlan-interface 1 Full/BDR Table 3-11 Description on the fields of the display ospf peer brief command...

  • Page 375: Display Ospf Request-Queue

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description It is enabled in an NBMA environment, such as Frame Relay, X.25 or ATM. It indicates that OSPF router does not receive the message from a certain...

  • Page 376: Display Ospf Retrans-Queue

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF Process ID. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes.
  • Page 377 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF Process ID. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes.

  • Page 378: Display Ospf Routing

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.24 display ospf routing Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] routing View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF Process ID. If you do not specify a process ID, this command applies to all current OSPF processes.

  • Page 379: Display Ospf Vlink

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Number of external routes NSSA Number of NSSA routes 3.1.25 display ospf vlink Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] vlink View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF Process ID.

  • Page 380: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description ID of transit area that the virtual link passes, and it cannot be Transit Area backbone area, STUB area, or NSSA area...

  • Page 381: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands by any other protocol. If the routing-protocol argument is not specified, the imported routes generated by any protocol will be filtered. Related command: acl, ip ip-prefix.

  • Page 382: Import-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands conditions for the routing information to be received. Only the routing information passing the filter can be received. The filter-policy import command filters the routes calculated by OSPF. Only the routes passing the filter can be added to the routing table.

  • Page 383: Log-Peer-Change

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the undo import-route command to cancel the importing of external routes. Note: You are recommended to configure the route type, cost and tag together in one command.

  • Page 384: Multi-Path-Number

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.30 multi-path-number Syntax multi-path-number value View OSPF view Parameter value: Number of equivalent routes, ranging from 1 to 3. Description Use the multi-path-number command to set the number of OSPF equivalent routes.

  • Page 385: Nssa

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands To run OSPF on an interface, the master IP address of this interface must be in the range of the network segment specified by this command. If only the slave IP address of the interface is in the range of the network segment specified by this command, this interface will not run OSPF.

  • Page 386: Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands default route will always be generated. The type-7 LSA default route is generated only when the route 0.0.0.0 exists in the routing table on the ASBR.

  • Page 387: Ospf Authentication-Mode

    Related command: authentication-mode. Example # Configure area 1 where the network segment 131.119.0.0 of interface Vlan-interface 10 resides to support MD5 cipher text authentication. Set the authentication key identifier to 15 and the authentication key to Huawei. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-39...

  • Page 388: Ospf Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] ospf 1 [Quidway-ospf-1] area 1 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 131.119.0.0 0.0.255.255 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] authentication-mode md5 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] ospf authentication-mode md5 15 Huawei 3.1.35 ospf cost...

  • Page 389: Ospf Mib-Binding

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter priority: Interface priority for electing the "designated router", ranging from 0 to 255. The default value is 1. Description Use the ospf dr-priority command to configure the priority for electing the "designated router"...

  • Page 390: Ospf Mtu-Enable

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Bind MIB operation to OSPF process 100. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] ospf mib-binding 100 # Bind MIB operation to OSPF process 200.

  • Page 391: Ospf Network-Type

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 3 [Quidway-Vlan-interface3] ospf mtu-enable 3.1.39 ospf network-type Syntax ospf network-type { broadcast | nbma | p2mp | p2p } undo ospf network-type...

  • Page 392: Ospf Timer Dead

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands between two routers not directly reachable to each other through another router that is directly reachable to the two routers. If only two routers run OSPF in the same network segment, the network type of the interface can also be changed to point-to-point.

  • Page 393: Ospf Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Set the peer dead interval on the interface Vlan-interface 10 to 80 seconds. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 394: Ospf Timer Retransmit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands undo ospf timer poll View Interface view Parameter seconds: Poll Hello interval in seconds. It ranges from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 40.

  • Page 395: Ospf Trans-Delay

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the undo ospf timer retransmit command to restore the default interval value for LSA retransmission on the interface. If a router running OSPF transmits a "link state advertisement" (LSA) to the peer, it needs to wait for the acknowledgement packet from the peer.

  • Page 396: Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Specify the trans-delay of transmitting LSA on the interface Vlan-interface 10 as 3 seconds. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 397: Reset Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameter value: OSPF protocol route preference, ranging from 1 to 255. ase: Indicates the preference of an imported external route of the AS.

  • Page 398: Router Id

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the reset ospf all command to reset all OSPF processes. Use the reset ospf process-id command to reset the specified OSPF process and clear the statistics.

  • Page 399: Silent-Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands ID, the router will automatically select one from configured IP addresses as the ID of this router. If no IP address is configured for any interface of the router, the router ID must be configured in OSPF view.

  • Page 400: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands the switch, this command can be used to enable/disable OSPF packet transmission through the specified VLAN interface. Example # Disable interface Vlan-interface 20 from transmitting OSPF packet.

  • Page 401: Spf-Schedule-Interval

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands For detailed configuration of SNMP TRAP, refer to section "System Management" in this manual. Example # Enable the TRAP function for OSPF process 100.

  • Page 402: Stub

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.52 stub Syntax stub [ no-summary ] undo stub View OSPF Area view Parameter no-summary: Disables an ABR from transmitting Summary LSAs to the STUB area.
  • Page 403 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter route-id: Router ID of virtual link peer. hello seconds: Specifies the interval, in seconds, at which the router transmits hello packet. It ranges from 1 to 8192 and defaults to 10. This value must equal the hello seconds value of the router virtually linked to the interface.
  • Page 404 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway] ospf 1 [Quidway-ospf-1] area 10.0.0.0 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-10.0.0.0] vlink-peer 10.110.0.3 md5 3 345 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-56...

  • Page 405: Chapter 4 Ip Routing Policy Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Note: When running a routing protocol, the Ethernet switch also functions as a router. The word “router”...

  • Page 406: Apply Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] route-policy policy permit node 1 %New sequence of this list [Quidway-route-policy] apply cost 120 4.1.2 apply tag...

  • Page 407: Display Route-Policy

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter ip-prefix-name: Name of the address prefix list to be displayed. Description Use the display ip ip-prefix command to display an address prefix list.

  • Page 408: If-Match Acl

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display route-policy command to display the configured Route-policy. If you do not specify a route policy name, this command displays all route-policies configured.

  • Page 409: If-Match Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands ip-prefix-name: Name of the prefix address list used for filter Description Use the if-match { acl | ip-prefix } command to configure a rule for the route-policy and specify an matching IP address range.

  • Page 410: If-Match Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Related command: if-match interface, if-match acl, if-match ip-prefix, if-match ip next-hop, if-match tag, route-policy, apply cost, and apply tag. Example # Define an if-match clause and allow the routing information with a routing cost of 8 to pass this if-match clause.

  • Page 411: If-Match Ip Next-Hop

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway] route-policy policy permit node 1 %New sequence of this list [Quidway-route-policy] if-match interface Vlan-interface 1 4.1.8 if-match ip next-hop Syntax if-match ip next-hop { acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name }...

  • Page 412: If-Match Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 4.1.9 if-match tag Syntax if-match tag value undo if-match tag View Route policy view Parameter value: Tag field value. Description Use the if-match tag command to configure to match the tag field of route information.
  • Page 413 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands index-number: Identifier of an item in the prefix address list. The item with a smaller index-number will be tested first. permit: Specifies the match mode of the defined address prefix list items as permit mode.

  • Page 414: Route-Policy

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 4.1.11 route-policy Syntax route-policy route-policy-name { permit | deny } node { node-number } undo route-policy route-policy-name [ permit | deny | node node-number ]...
  • Page 415 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 4 IP Routing Policy Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Configure Route-policy policy1, with the node number of 10 and the match mode of permit, and enter Route policy view.

  • Page 416: Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Note: When running a routing protocol, the Ethernet switch also functions as a router. The word “router” and the router icons covered in the following text represent routers in common sense and Ethernet switches running a routing protocol.

  • Page 417: Display Memory Limit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Table 5-1 Description on the fields of the display memory command Field Description Unit Specifies a Unit ID System Available Memory(bytes) Free memory size, in bytes, of the switch...

  • Page 418: Memory Auto-Establish Disable

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands The current state: Normal The information displayed by this command includes Ethernet switch memory limit, size of free memory, times of disconnection, times of reconnection, and the current state.

  • Page 419: Memory Auto-Establish Enable

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands By default, when the free memory of the switch recovers to a safety value, connections of all the routing protocols will always recover (when the free memory of the switch decreases to a lower limit, the connection will be disconnected forcibly).

  • Page 420: Memory Safety | Limit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Enable automatic restoration of the connections of all the routing protocols when the free memory of the current switch recovers. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 421 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Chapter 5 Route Capacity Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Use the undo memory command to restore the default safety value and lower limit of the switch free memory. Related command: memory auto-establish disable, memory auto-establish enable, and display memory limit.
  • Page 422 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1.1 display igmp-snooping configuration............... 1-1 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping group .................. 1-2 1.1.3 display igmp-snooping statistics................
  • Page 423 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands ................5-1 5.1 IGMP Configuration Commands..................5-1 5.1.1 display igmp group ....................5-1 5.1.2 display igmp interface ..................... 5-2 5.1.3 igmp enable......................5-3 5.1.4 igmp group-limit.......................
  • Page 424 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands ................7-1 7.1 MSDP Configuration Commands..................7-1 7.1.1 cache-sa-enable...................... 7-1 7.1.2 display msdp brief ....................7-1 7.1.3 display msdp peer-status ..................7-2 7.1.4 display msdp sa-cache....................

  • Page 425: Chapter 1 Igmp Snooping Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Note: The multicast protocol supported by S3900-SI series Ethernet switches is IGMP Snooping only. Ethernet switches serve as routers when an IP multicast protocol is running on it.
  • Page 426 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Enable IGMP-Snooping. The router port timeout is 105 second(s). The max response timeout is 1 second(s). The host port timeout is 260 second(s).

  • Page 427: Display Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.3 display igmp-snooping statistics Syntax display igmp-snooping statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display igmp-snooping statistics command to display IGMP Snooping message statistics.

  • Page 428: Igmp-Snooping

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.4 igmp-snooping Syntax igmp-snooping { enable | disable } View System view Parameter enable: Enables the IGMP Snooping feature. disable: Disables the IGMP Snooping feature.

  • Page 429: Igmp-Snooping General-Query Source-Ip

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Use the undo igmp-snooping fast-leave command to cancel the configuration. By default, IGMP fast leave processing is disabled. Normally, when receiving an IGMP Leave message, IGMP Snooping does not immediately remove the port from the multicast group, but sends a group-specific query message.

  • Page 430: Igmp-Snooping Group-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping general-query source-ip current-interface command to configure the Layer 2 multicast switch to use the IP address of the current VLAN interface as the source IP address of the general query packets that the Layer 2 multicast switch sends.
  • Page 431 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping group-limit command to define the maximum number of multicast groups the port can join. Use the undo igmp-snooping group-limit command to restore the default setting.
  • Page 432 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands filtering ACL configured on the access port to determine if the port can join the corresponding multicast group or not. If yes, it adds the port to the forward port list of the multicast group.
  • Page 433 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands # Configure ACL 2001 to allow users under Ethernet 1/0/2 to access the multicast streams in any groups except groups 225.0.0.0 to 225.0.0.255.

  • Page 434: Igmp-Snooping Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] igmp-snooping host-aging-time 300 1.1.10 igmp-snooping max-response-time Syntax igmp-snooping max-response-time seconds undo igmp-snooping max-response-time...

  • Page 435: Igmp-Snooping Query-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter None Description Use the igmp-snooping querier command to enable the IGMP Snooping querier feature on the current VLAN of the Layer 2 multicast switch.

  • Page 436: Igmp-Snooping Router-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands The Layer 2 multicast switch sends general query packets at the interval of 50 seconds. Example # Configure the Layer 2 multicast switch to send general query packets at the interval of 100 seconds on VLAN 3.

  • Page 437: Reset Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway] igmp-snooping router-aging-time 500 1.1.14 reset igmp-snooping statistics Syntax reset igmp-snooping statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset igmp-snooping statistics command to clear IGMP Snooping statistics.
  • Page 438 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands within the multicast VLAN, and also guarantees the security because the multicast VLAN is completely isolated from the user VLANs. Note: Isolate VLANs cannot be set as multicast VLANs.

  • Page 439: Chapter 2 Common Ip Multicast Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Commands 2.1 Common IP Multicast Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display multicast forwarding-table Syntax display multicast forwarding-table [ group-address [ mask { group-mask |...

  • Page 440: Display Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Total 1 entry Listed The following table describes the fields in the displayed information above: Table 2-1 Description on the fields of the display multicast forwarding-table command...
  • Page 441 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the display multicast routing-table command to display the information about the IP multicast routing table. This command is used to display the information about the multicast routing table, while the display multicast forwarding-table command is used to display the information about the multicast forwarding table.

  • Page 442: Display Multicast-Source-Deny

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description 272 sec and it times out in 272 seconds. Upstream interface: The IP address of the upstream interface is Vlan-interface1(4.4.4.6) 4.4.4.6.

  • Page 443: Multicast Route-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway] display multicast-source-deny interface Ethernet 2.1.4 multicast route-limit Syntax multicast route-limit limit undo multicast route-limit View System view Parameter limit: Limit on the capacity of the multicast routing table, in the range of 0 to 256.

  • Page 444: Multicast-Source-Deny

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the multicast routing-enable command to enable the IP multicast routing feature. Use the undo multicast routing-enable command to disable the IP multicast routing feature.

  • Page 445: Reset Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the multicast-source-deny command to enable the multicast source port suppression feature. Use the undo multicast-source-deny command to restore the default setting.

  • Page 446: Reset Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands group-address: Specifies the group address. group-mask: Specifies the mask of the group address. group-mask-length: Specifies the mask length of the group address.
  • Page 447 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 2 Common IP Multicast Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands group-mask: Specifies the mask of the group address. group-mask-length: Specifies the mask length of the group address. source-address: Specifies the source address.

  • Page 448: Chapter 3 Multicast Mac Address Entry Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Configuration Commands 3.1 Multicast MAC Address Entry Configuration Commands 3.1.1 mac-address multicast interface Syntax mac-address multicast mac-address interface interface-list vlan vlan-id...

  • Page 449: Mac-Address Multicast Vlan

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway] mac-address multicast 0100-5e0a-0805 interface Ethernet 1/0/1 vlan 3.1.2 mac-address multicast vlan Syntax mac-address multicast mac-address vlan vlan-id undo mac-address multicast [ [ mac-address ] vlan vlan-id ]...
  • Page 450 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 3 Multicast MAC Address Entry Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Parameter mac-address vlan vlan-id: Multicast MAC address entry in the specified VLAN. count: Number of MAC entries. vlan-id: ID of the specific VLAN.

  • Page 451: Chapter 4 Unknown Multicast Drop Configuration Command

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 4 Unknown Multicast Drop Configurat Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ion Command Chapter 4 Unknown Multicast Drop Configuration Command 4.1 Unknown Multicast Drop Configuration Command 4.1.1 unknown-multicast drop enable Syntax unknown-multicast drop enable...

  • Page 452: Chapter 5 Igmp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Note: When running IP multicast protocols, Ethernet switches also provide the functions of switches. We use routers in this manual to stand for not only the common routers but also the layer 3 Ethernet switches running IP multicast protocols.

  • Page 453: Display Igmp Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Group Address Last Reporter Uptime Expires 225.1.1.1 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15 225.1.1.3 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15 225.1.1.2 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:17 Table 5-1 Output description of the display igmp group command...

  • Page 454: Igmp Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Value of startup query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 15 Value of last member query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 1 Value of query timeout for IGMP version 1(in seconds): 400 Policy to accept IGMP reports: none Querier for IGMP: 10.153.17.99 (this router)

  • Page 455: Igmp Group-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use igmp enable command to enable IGMP on an interface. Use the undo igmp enable command to disable IGMP on the interface.

  • Page 456: Igmp Group-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Caution: New groups cannot be added when the number of IGMP multicast groups has exceeded the configured limit. When the limit on the number of IGMP packets is 1, the new group enjoys priority,...

  • Page 457: Igmp Group-Policy Vlan

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands number. For the meanings and ranges of the two arguments, refer to the parameter descriptions in part “Port Basic Configuration” in this manual. Description Use the igmp group-policy command to set the filter of multicast groups on the VLAN interface to control the access to IP multicast groups.

  • Page 458: Igmp Host-Join Port

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Number of the basic IP access control list number, defining a multicast group range. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999. vlan-id: Specifies the ID for the VLAN to which the port belongs.

  • Page 459: Igmp Host-Join Vlan

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands interface-list: Forwarding port list in the form of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to { interface-type interface-number } ] }&<1-10>. The interface-type argument refers to the port type, and the interface-number argument refers to the port number.
  • Page 460 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Example # Add Ethernet 1/0/1 in VLAN-interface10 to the multicast group at 225.0.0.1. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10...

  • Page 461: Igmp Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands value as 1 second). If other hosts which are interested in the specified group receive the IGMP query message from the IGMP query router, they will send back the IGMP Membership Report message within the specified maximum response time interval.

  • Page 462: Igmp Proxy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Related command: display igmp group. Example # Set the maximum response time carried in host-query packets to 8 seconds. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 463: Igmp Robust-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Caution: The multicast route feature and the IGMP protocol must be enabled on the proxy interface. You must enable the PIM protocol on the interface first before enabling the igmp proxy command on the interface.

  • Page 464: Igmp Timer Other-Querier-Present

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands In the shared network, that is, a same network segment including multiple hosts and multicast routers, the query router is responsible for maintaining the IGMP group membership on the interface.

  • Page 465: Igmp Timer Query

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the presence time of the IGMP querier. Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command to restore the default value.

  • Page 466: Igmp Version

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands Use the undo igmp timer query command to restore the default value. By default, a router interface transmits IGMP query messages at the interval of 60 seconds.

  • Page 467: Reset Igmp Group

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 5 IGMP Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] igmp version 1 5.1.16 reset igmp group Syntax reset igmp group { all | interface interface-type interface-number { all ||...

  • Page 468: Chapter 6 Pim Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands 6.1 PIM Configuration Commands 6.1.1 bsr-policy Syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number: ACL number imported in BSR filtering policy, in the range of 2,000 to 2,999.

  • Page 469: C-Bsr

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands cannot receive or forward BSR messages other than these two. Even legal BSRs cannot contest with them. Problems may still exist if a legal BSR is attacked, though these two measures can effectively guarantee high BSR security.

  • Page 470: C-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands When configure the candidate BSR, the larger bandwidth should be guaranteed since a great amount of information will be exchanged between BSR and other devices in the PIM domain.

  • Page 471: Crp-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Configure the switch to advertise the BSR that the switch itself is the C-RP in the PIM. The standard access list 2000 defines the groups related to the RP. The address of C-RP is designated as the IP address of VLAN-interface10.

  • Page 472: Display Pim Bsr-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands address. For the C-RP messages received, only when their C-RP addresses match the source address and their server group addresses are subset of those in ACL, can the be considered as matched.

  • Page 473: Display Pim Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Table 6-1 Description on the fields of the display pim bsr-info command Field Description BootStrap router Priority Priority of BSR Mask Length: 30 Length of mask...

  • Page 474: Display Pim Neighbor

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands PIM DR(designated router) is 10.10.1.20 Table 6-2 Description on the fields of the display pim interface command Field Description PIM version Version of PIM...

  • Page 475: Display Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Table 6-3 Description on the fields of the display pim neighbor command Field Description Neighbor Address Neighbor address Interface VLAN interface where the neighbor has been discovered...

  • Page 476: Display Pim Rp-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Display the information about the PIM multicast routing table. <Quidway> display pim routing-table PIM-SM Routing Table Total 0 (*,*,RP)entry, 0 (*,G)entry, 2 (S,G)entries (192.168.1.2, 224.2.178.130),...

  • Page 477: Pim

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the display pim rp-info command to view the RP information of the multicast group. In addition, this command can also display the BSR and static RP information.

  • Page 478: Pim Bsr-Boundary

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the pim command to enter PIM view to configure the global PIM parameters. You cannot use the pim command to enable the PIM protocol.

  • Page 479: Pim Dm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Note that you cannot use this command to set up a multicast boundary. Instead, what you use this command to set up is just a PIM Bootstrap packet boundary.

  • Page 480: Pim Neighbor-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands 6.1.13 pim neighbor-limit Syntax pim neighbor-limit limit undo pim neighbor-limit View VLAN interface view Parameter limit: Upper limit of PIM neighbors on the VLAN interface, in the range of 0~128.

  • Page 481: Pim Sm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim neighbor-policy command to configure the router to filter the PIM neighbors on the current VLAN interface. Use the undo pim neighbor-policy command to disable the filtering.

  • Page 482: Pim Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Related command: multicast routing-enable. Example # Enable the PIM-SM protocol on VLAN-interface10. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] multicast routing-enable...

  • Page 483: Register-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands [Quidway] multicast routing-enable [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] pim timer hello 40 6.1.17 register-policy Syntax register-policy acl-number undo register-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number: Number of IP advanced ACL, defining the rule of filtering the source and group addresses.

  • Page 484: Reset Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: All PIM neighbors neighbor-address: Specifies neighbor address. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies VLAN interface. Description Use the reset pim neighbor command to clear all PIM neighbors or PIM neighbors on the specified VLAN interface.

  • Page 485: Spt-Switch-Threshold

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the reset pim routing-table command to clear all PIM route entries or the specified PIM route entry. You can type in source address first and group address after in the command, as long as they are valid.

  • Page 486: Source-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the spt-switch-threshold command to configure the threshold value at which the shared tree is switched to the SPT. Use the undo spt-switch-threshold command to restore the threshold to the default value.

  • Page 487: Static-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands If resource address filtering is configured, as well as advanced ACLs, then the router filters the resource and group addresses of all multicast data packets received. Those not matched will be discarded.
  • Page 488 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 6 PIM Configuration Commands Static RP functions as the backup of dynamic RP so as to improve the network robustness. If the RP elected by BSR mechanism is valid, static RP will not work. All routers in the PIM domain must be configured with this command and be specified with the same RP address.

  • Page 489: Chapter 7 Msdp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands 7.1 MSDP Configuration Commands 7.1.1 cache-sa-enable Syntax cache-sa-enable undo cache-sa-enable View MSDP view Parameter None Description Use the cache-sa-enable command to enable the SA message cache mechanism.

  • Page 490: Display Msdp Peer-Status

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display msdp brief command to display the brief information of the MSDP peer state. Example # Display the brief information of the MSDP peer state.

  • Page 491: Display Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Example # Display the detailed information of MSDP peer state. <Quidway> display msdp peer-status 10.110.11.11 MSDP Peer 20.20.20.20, AS 100 Description: Information about connection status:...
  • Page 492 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands source-address: Source address of the (S, G) entry. If you do not specify a source address, the system displays all source information of the specified group. If you specify neither a group address nor a source address, the system displays all SA caches.

  • Page 493: Display Msdp Sa-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands 7.1.5 display msdp sa-count Syntax display msdp sa-count [ autonomous-system-number ] View Any view Parameter autonomous-system-number: Specifies the AS where a source and group come from.

  • Page 494: Import-Source

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands 7.1.6 import-source Syntax import-source [ acl acl-number ] undo import-source View MSDP view Parameter acl-number: Basic or advanced IP ACL number, ranging from 2000 to 3999. An ACL controls SA message advertisement by filtering sources (basic ACL) and filtering sources or groups (advanced ACL).

  • Page 495: Msdp-Tracert

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the msdp command to enable MSDP and enter MSDP view. Use the undo msdp command to clear all configurations in MSDP view, release resources occupied by MSDP, and restore initial state.
  • Page 496 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Description Use the msdp-tracert command to trace the path along which an SA message travels, so as to locate message loss and minimize configuration errors. After determining the path of the SA message, you can prevent SA flooding through correct configuration.

  • Page 497: Originating-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Field Description Up time of the (S, G, RP) entry in SA cache of the local Cache Entry Uptime router, in minutes. The maximum value is 255.

  • Page 498: Peer Description

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter interface-type: Interface type interface-number: Interface number Description Use the originating-rp command to allow MSDP peer to use the specified interface IP address as the RP address in the SA message when the MSDP peer creates SA messages.

  • Page 499: Peer Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Example # Add the description text “router CstmrA” for the router 125.10.7.6 to specify that the router is customer A. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 500: Peer Request-Sa-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: IP address of the MSDP peer to which the TTL threshold applies. ttl-value: TTL threshold, ranging from 0 to 255.

  • Page 501: Peer Sa-Cache-Maximum

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands By default, upon receipt of a Join message, the router sends no SA request message to the MSDP peer but waits for the next SA message.

  • Page 502: Peer Connect-Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands [Quidway-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-cache-maximum 100 7.1.15 peer connect-interface Syntax peer peer-address connect-interface interface-type interface-number undo peer peer-address View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: IP address of the MSDP peer.

  • Page 503: Peer Sa-Request-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameter import: Receives the SA messages from the specified MSDP peer. export: Forwards the SA messages from the specified MSDP peer.

  • Page 504: Reset Msdp Peer

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter peer-address: IP address of an MSDP peer, the SA request messages sent from which will be filtered acl-number: basic IP ACL number, describing a multicast group address, in the range of 2000 to 2999.

  • Page 505: Reset Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Description Use the reset msdp peer command to reset the TCP connection with the specified MSDP peer and clear all statistics information of that MSDP peer.

  • Page 506: Shutdown

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer whose statistics, reset information and input/output information will be cleared. If no MSDP peer address is specified, the statistics information of all MSDP peers will be cleared.

  • Page 507: Static-Rpf-Peer

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands 7.1.22 static-rpf-peer Syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-policy ip-prefix-name ] undo static-rpf-peer peer-address View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of the static RPF peer receiving SA messages.

  • Page 508: Timer Retry

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 7 MSDP Configuration Commands [Quidway] ip ip-prefix list1 permit 130.10.0.0 16 greater-equal 16 less-equal [Quidway] msdp [Quidway-msdp] peer 130.10.7.6 connect-interface Vlan-interface 100 [Quidway-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.6 rp-policy list1 7.1.23 timer retry...
  • Page 509 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display dot1x ......................1-1 1.1.2 dot1x........................1-5 1.1.3 dot1x authentication-method................... 1-6 1.1.4 dot1x dhcp-launch....................

  • Page 510: Chapter 1 802.1X Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dot1x Syntax display dot1x [ sessions | statistics ] [ interface interface-list ] View...
  • Page 511 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands CHAP authentication is enabled DHCP-launch is enabled Proxy trap checker is disabled Proxy logoff checker is disabled Configuration: Transmit Period 30 s, Handshake Period 15 s...
  • Page 512 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Authentication Mode is Auto Port Control Type is Mac-based Max number of on-line users is 256 Authentication Success: 0, Failed: 0 EAPOL Packets: Tx 0, Rx 0...
  • Page 513 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Field Description Setting of the handshake period timer (the Handshake Period handshake-period) Quiet Period Setting of the quiet period timer (the quiet-period) The quiet period timer is disabled here. It can also Quiet Period Timer is disabled be configured as enabled when necessary.

  • Page 514: Dot1X

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Field Description The port access control method is MAC-based. Port Control Type is Mac-based That is, supplicant systems are authenticated based on their MAC addresses.

  • Page 515: Dot1X Authentication-Method

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands configurations when enabling 802.1x globally, the switch adopts the default 802.1x settings. 802.1x-related configurations take effect on a port only after 802.1x is enabled both globally and on the port.

  • Page 516: Dot1X Dhcp-Launch

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Use the undo dot1x authentication-method command to revert to the default 802.1x authentication method. The default 802.1x authentication method is CHAP. PAP applies a two-way handshaking procedure. In this method, passwords are transmitted in plain text.

  • Page 517: Dot1X Guest-Vlan

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Description Use the dot1x dhcp-launch command to specify an 802.1x-enqbled switch to launch the process to authenticate a supplicant system when the supplicant system applies for a dynamic IP address through DHCP.

  • Page 518: Dot1X Max-User

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Description Use the dot1x guest-vlan command to enable the Guest VLAN function for specified ports. Use the undo dot1x guest-vlan command to disable the Guest VLAN function for specified ports.

  • Page 519: Dot1X Port-Control

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter user-number: Maximum number of users a port can accommodate, ranging from 1 to 256. The default number is 256.
  • Page 520 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter auto: Specifies to operate in auto access control mode. In this mode, a port is initialized to take all users as unauthorized: it only allows EAPoL packets to pass through and grants users no permission to network resources.

  • Page 521: Dot1X Port-Method

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] dot1x port-control unauthorized-force interface Ethernet 1/0/1 1.1.8 dot1x port-method Syntax dot1x port-method { macbased | portbased } [ interface interface-list ]...
  • Page 522 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands When being executed in system view, these two commands apply to all Ethernet ports of the switch if you do not provide the interface-list argument. And if you specify the interface-list argument, these commands apply to the specified Ethernet ports.

  • Page 523: Dot1X Retry

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands [Quidway] dot1x quiet-period 1.1.10 dot1x retry Syntax dot1x retry max-retry-value undo dot1x retry View System view Parameter max-retry-value: Maximum number of times that a switch sends authentication request packets to online supplicant systems.

  • Page 524: Dot1X Supp-Proxy-Check

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands undo dot1x retry-version-max View System view Parameter max-retry-version-value: Maximum number of times that a switch will resend version request packets to a supplicant system. This argument ranges from 1 to 10.
  • Page 525 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands trap: Sends Trap packets if a supplicant system logs in through a proxy or through multiple network cards. interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify multiple Ethernet ports by providing this argument in the form of interface-list = { interface-name [ to interface- name] &...

  • Page 526: Dot1X Timer

    Note: The supplicant system proxy checking function needs the support of Huawei's 802.1x client program. The supplicant system proxy checking function takes effect only after it has been enabled on CAMS and the client version checking function is enabled on the switch (using the dot1x version-check command).
  • Page 527 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands undo dot1x timer { handshake-period | quiet-period | tx-period | supp-timeout | server-timeout | ver-period } View System view Parameter tx-period: This timer sets the tx-period and is triggered by the switch in one of the following two cases: The first case is when the client requests for authentication.

  • Page 528: Dot1X Version-Check

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands ver-period: Client-version-checking period timer, if within the period, no response packet has been sent back from the supplicant system, the switch will resend the client version checking request packet.

  • Page 529: Reset Dot1X Statistics

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands equal to that of the interface-name before the to keyword. &<1-10> means that up to 10 port indexes/port index lists can be provided. Description Use the dot1x version-check command to enable 802.1x client version checking for specified Ethernet ports.
  • Page 530 Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Description Use the reset dot1x statistics command to clear 802.1x-related statistics. Use this command to reset 802.1x-related statistics. In this command: If the interface-list argument is not specified, this command clears statistics globally and the 802.1X statistics on all ports.

  • Page 531: Chapter 2 Habp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display habp Syntax display habp View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display habp command to display HABP configuration and status information.

  • Page 532: Display Habp Table

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1.2 display habp table Syntax display habp table View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display habp table command to display the MAC address table maintained by HABP.

  • Page 533: Habp Enable

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display habp traffic command to display statistics on HABP packets. Example # Display statistics on HABP packets. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 534: Habp Server Vlan

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands Description Use the habp enable command to enable HABP for a switch. Use the undo habp enable command to disable HABP for a switch. By default, HABP is enabled on a switch.

  • Page 535: Habp Timer

    Command Manual – 802.1x Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 HABP Configuration Commands 2.1.6 habp timer Syntax habp timer interval undo habp timer View System view Parameter interval: Interval (in seconds) to send HABP request packets. This argument ranges from 5 to 600.
  • Page 536 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands ........1-1 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 access-limit......................1-1 1.1.2 attribute ........................
  • Page 537 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 1.2.12 primary accounting....................1-41 1.2.13 primary authentication..................1-42 1.2.14 radius client ......................1-43 1.2.15 radius nas-ip......................1-43 1.2.16 radius scheme ..................... 1-45 1.2.17 radius trap ......................
  • Page 538 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Chapter 2 EAD Configuration Commands .................. 2-1 2.1 EAD Configuration Commands..................2-1 2.1.1 security-policy-server ....................2-1 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 539: Chapter 1 Aaa & Radius & Hwtacacs Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands 1.1.1 access-limit...

  • Page 540: Attribute

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.2 attribute Syntax attribute { ip ip-address | mac mac-address | idle-cut second | access-limit...

  • Page 541: Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] local-user user1 New local user added.

  • Page 542: Accounting Optional

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] domain aabbcc.net New Domain added.

  • Page 543: Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.5 authentication Syntax authentication { radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] | hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ local ] | local | none }...

  • Page 544: Authorization

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands With the authentication command configured in an ISP domain view, the system adopts the authentication scheme referenced in the command to authenticate the users in the domain, or else it adopts the scheme referenced in the scheme command.

  • Page 545: Cut Connection

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands By default, no separate authorization scheme is configured. Related command: scheme and radius scheme, hwtacacs scheme.

  • Page 546: Display Connection

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands vlan vlan-id: Cuts down all user connections of the specified VLAN. Where, vlan-id ranges from 1 to 4094.
  • Page 547 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands domain isp-name: Displays all user connections under the specified ISP domain. Where, isp-name is the name of an ISP domain, a character string of up to 24 characters.

  • Page 548: Display Domain

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands ------------------unit 2------------------------ Index=40 , Username=user1@domain1 MAC=000f-3d80-4ce5 , IP=0.0.0.0 On Unit 2: Total 1 connections matched, 1 listed.
  • Page 549 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the display domain command to display the configuration information about one specific or all ISP domains.

  • Page 550: Display Local-User

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.10 display local-user Syntax display local-user [ domain isp-name | idle-cut { disable | enable } | vlan vlan-id |...

  • Page 551: Domain

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> display local-user The contents of local user user1: State: Active ServiceType Mask: None Idle-cut:...

  • Page 552: Idle-Cut

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands default: Manually configures the default ISP domain, which is "system" by default. There is one and only one default ISP domain.

  • Page 553: Level

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the idle-cut command to set the user idle-cut function in current ISP domain.

  • Page 554: Local-User

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands authentication, the commands they can access are determined by the levels sets on the user interfaces.

  • Page 555: Local-User Password-Display-Mode

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Add a local user named user1. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 556: Messenger

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.16 messenger Syntax messenger time { enable limit interval | disable } undo messenger time...

  • Page 557: Name

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.17 name Syntax name string undo name View VLAN view Parameter string: VLAN Name for VLAN assignment, a character string of up to 32 characters.

  • Page 558: Radius-Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands password: Password you want to set, a character string. For simple mode, the password must be in plain text.

  • Page 559: Scheme

    This command is equivalent to the scheme radius-scheme command. Related command: radius scheme, scheme, and display radius scheme. Example # Specify the scheme "huawei" as the RADIUS scheme to be used by current ISP domain "huawei163.net". <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 560: Self-Service-Url

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Note that: When the scheme command is used to specify the RADIUS scheme to be referenced by current ISP domain, the specified RADIUS scheme must has already been configured.
  • Page 561 Note: Huawei's CAMS Server is a service management system used to manage networks and secure networks and user information. Cooperating with other network devices (such as switches) in a network, the CAMS Server accomplishes the AAA (authentication, authorization and accounting) services and rights management.

  • Page 562: Service-Type

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] domain system [Quidway-isp-system] self-service-url enable http://10.153.89.94/selfservice/modPasswd1x.jsp|userName...

  • Page 563: State

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.23 state Syntax state { active | block } View ISP domain view or local user view...

  • Page 564: Vlan-Assignment-Mode

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.24 vlan-assignment-mode Syntax vlan-assignment-mode { integer | string } View ISP domain name Parameter integer: Sets the VLAN assignment mode to integer.

  • Page 565: Radius Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands VLAN assignment modes, you are recommended to configure the device according to the dynamic VLAN assignment mode in use.

  • Page 566: Accounting-On Enable

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View RADIUS scheme view Parameter None Description Use the accounting optional command to open the accounting-optional switch.
  • Page 567 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Parameter times: Maximum number of attempts to send Accounting-On packets, ranging from 1 to 256 and defaulting to 15.

  • Page 568: Data-Flow-Format

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Note: The switch can automatically generate the main attributes (NAS-ID, NAS-IP address and session ID) in the Accounting-On packets. However, you can also manually configure the NAS-IP address with the nas-ip command.

  • Page 569: Display Local-Server Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the data-flow-format command to set the units of measure for data flows sent to RADIUS servers.

  • Page 570: Display Radius Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Acct Receive: Acct Send: 1.2.5 display radius scheme Syntax display radius [ radius-scheme-name ] View...
  • Page 571 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands ------------------------------------------------------------------ Total 1 RADIUS scheme(s). 1 listed Table 1-5 Description on the fields of the display radius command...

  • Page 572: Display Radius Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Field Description Second Acc State Status of the secondary accounting server 1.2.6 display radius statistics...

  • Page 573: Display Stop-Accounting-Buffer

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands EAP auth request , Num=0 , Err=0 , Succ=0 Account request , Num=0 , Err=0...
  • Page 574 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands session-id session-id: Displays the buffered stop-accounting requests of the specified session ID. Where, session-id is a character string of up to 50 characters.

  • Page 575: Key

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.2.8 key Syntax key { accounting | authentication } string undo key { accounting | authentication }...

  • Page 576: Local-Server

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands # Set the shared key for the RADIUS accounting packets in RADIUS scheme radius1 to ok.
  • Page 577 By default, a local RADIUS authentication server is used, whose default NAS-IP and key are 127.0.0.1 and huawei respectively. That is, the local device serves as a RADIUS authentication server and a network access server, and all authentications are performed locally.

  • Page 578: Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Create a network access server granted by the RADIUS authentication server with an IP address of 10.110.1.2 and a shared key of aabbcc.

  • Page 579: Primary Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Set the source IP address used by the switch to send the RADIUS packets to 10.1.1.1.

  • Page 580: Primary Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway-radius-radius1] primary accounting 10.110.1.2 1813 1.2.13 primary authentication Syntax primary authentication ip-address [ port-number ]...

  • Page 581: Radius Client

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Set the IP address and UDP port number of the primary authentication/authorization server used by the RADIUS scheme radius1 to 10.110.1.1 and 1812.
  • Page 582 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View System view Parameter ip-address: Source IP address, an IP address of this device. This address can be neither an all zero address nor a Class-D address.

  • Page 583: Radius Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.2.16 radius scheme Syntax radius scheme radius-scheme-name undo radius scheme radius-scheme-name View System view Parameter radius-scheme-name: Name of the RADIUS scheme, a character string of up to 32 characters.

  • Page 584: Radius Trap

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway] radius scheme radius1 New Radius scheme [Quidway-radius-radius1] 1.2.17 radius trap Syntax radius trap { authentication-server-down | accounting-server-down }...

  • Page 585: Reset Radius Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.2.18 reset radius statistics Syntax reset radius statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset radius statistics command to clear the statistics about the RADIUS protocol.

  • Page 586: Retry

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands user-name user-name: Deletes the buffered stop-accounting request packets depending on the specified user name. Where, user-name is a character string of up to 80 characters.

  • Page 587: Retry Realtime-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Note that: The communication in RADIUS is unreliable because this protocol adopts UDP packets to carry data. Therefore, it is necessary for the switch to retransmit a RADIUS request if it gets no response from the RADIUS server after the response timeout timer expires.

  • Page 588: Retry Stop-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Generally, the RADIUS server uses the connection timeout timer to determine whether a user is online or not. If the RADIUS server receives no real-time accounting packet for a specified period of time, it will consider that the line or the switch is in trouble and stop the accounting of the user.

  • Page 589: Secondary Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands undo retry stop-accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameter Maximum number transmission attempts buffered retry-times: stop-accounting requests, ranging from 10 to 65535 and defaulting to 500.

  • Page 590: Secondary Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address, in dotted decimal notation. By default, the IP address of the secondary accounting server is 0.0.0.0.

  • Page 591: Server-Type

    Parameter huawei: Specifies to use Huawei's private RADIUS protocol (such as the procedure and packet format) to interact with the Huawei RADIUS server, which is generally the CAMS. standard: Specifies to use the standard RADIUS protocol. That is, it is required that...

  • Page 592: State

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] radius scheme radius1 New Radius scheme [Quidway-radius-radius1] server-type huawei 1.2.26 state...

  • Page 593: Stop-Accounting-Buffer Enable

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands time restores the status of the primary server on the switch to the active state while keeping the status of the secondary server unchanged.

  • Page 594: Timer

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands or the maximum number of transmission attempts is reached (in this case, it discards the request).

  • Page 595: Timer Quiet

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Appropriately setting the timeout time of this timer according to the network situation can improve the performance of the system.

  • Page 596: Timer Realtime-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.2.30 timer realtime-accounting Syntax timer realtime-accounting minutes undo timer realtime-accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameter minutes: Real-time accounting interval.

  • Page 597: Timer Response-Timeout

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Set the real-time accounting interval of the RADIUS scheme radius1 to 51 minutes.

  • Page 598: User-Name-Format

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Set the response timeout time in the RADIUS scheme radius1 to five seconds.

  • Page 599: Hwtacacs Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands two different users having the same name but belonging to different ISP domains as the same user (because the user names sent to it are the same).

  • Page 600: Display Hwtacacs

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit of data flows sent to the TACACS server.

  • Page 601: Display Stop-Accounting-Buffer

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Primary-authentication-server : 172.31.1.11:49 Primary-authorization-server : 172.31.1.11:49 Primary-accounting-server : 172.31.1.11:49 Secondary-authentication-server : 0.0.0.0:0 Secondary-authorization-server : 0.0.0.0:0 Secondary-accounting-server : 0.0.0.0:0...

  • Page 602: Hwtacacs Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands user-name user-name: Displays information on buffered stop-accounting requests according to the user name specified by user-name, a character string of up to 80 characters, excluding forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than signs (<), and greater-than signs (>).

  • Page 603: Hwtacacs Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands failure. The source address is normally recommended to be a loopback interface address. This command specifies only one source address; therefore, the newly configured source address may overwrite the original one.

  • Page 604: Key

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [Quidway-hwtacacs-hwt1] 1.3.6 key...

  • Page 605: Primary Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View HWTACACS scheme view Parameter ip-address: Specified source IP address which cannot be an all-zero address, class D address or loopback address.

  • Page 606: Primary Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the primary accounting command to configure a primary HWTACACS accounting server. Use the undo primary accounting command to delete the configured primary HWTACACS accounting server.

  • Page 607: Primary Authorization

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Note that: You are not allowed to assign the same IP address to both primary and secondary authentication servers;...

  • Page 608: Reset Hwtacacs Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands If you repeatedly use this command, the latest configuration overwrites the previous one. You can remove an authorization server only when it is not being used by any active TCP connections, and the removal impacts only packets forwarded afterwards.

  • Page 609: Reset Stop-Accounting-Buffer

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.3.12 reset stop-accounting-buffer Syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | session-id session-id | time-range start-time stop-time | user-name user-name }...

  • Page 610: Retry Stop-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwt1 1.3.13 retry stop-accounting Syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times undo retry stop-accounting...

  • Page 611: Secondary Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View HWTACACS scheme view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 612: Secondary Authorization

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands port: Port number of the server, which is in the range of 1 to 65535 and defaults to 49.

  • Page 613: Timer Quiet

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the secondary authorization command to configure a secondary HWTACACS authorization server. Use the .undo secondary authorization command to delete the configured secondary authorization server.

  • Page 614: Timer Realtime-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Set the quiet timer for the primary server to ten minutes. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 615: Timer Response-Timeout

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Number of users Real-time accounting interval (minute) 500 – 999 ≥1000 ≥15 Example # Set the real-time accounting interval in the HWTACACS scheme “hwt1” to 51 minutes.

  • Page 616: User-Name-Format

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway-hwtacacs-hwt1] timer response-timeout 30 1.3.20 user-name-format Syntax user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } View HWTACACS scheme view...
  • Page 617 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Chapter 1 AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [Quidway-hwtacacs-hwt1] user-name-format without-domain Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-79...

  • Page 618: Chapter 2 Ead Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 EAD Configuration Commands Chapter 2 EAD Configuration Commands 2.1 EAD Configuration Commands 2.1.1 security-policy-server Syntax security-policy-server ip-address undo security-policy-server [ ip-address | all ]...
  • Page 619 Command Manual – AAA & RADIUS & HWTACACS & EAD Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 EAD Configuration Commands user-name-format without-domain … Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 620 Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display vrrp ......................1-1 1.1.2 reset vrrp statistics ....................1-3 1.1.3 vrrp authentication-mode ..................

  • Page 621: Chapter 1 Vrrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Note: The S3900-EI series switches support the VRRP feature, but not the S3900-SI series. 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display vrrp...
  • Page 622 Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands If the interface index and backup group ID are not specified, the statistics about all the backup groups on the switch is displayed. If only the interface index is specified, the statistics about all the backup groups on the interface is displayed.

  • Page 623: Reset Vrrp Statistics

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Field Description Advertise Rcvd Number of the received advertisement packets Number of the sent advertisement packets with Priority Zero Pkts Sent the priority of 0...

  • Page 624: Vrrp Method

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter authentication-type: Authentication type, which can be: simple: Indicates to perform simple character authentication. md5: Indicates to perform the authentication with MD5 algorithm.

  • Page 625: Vrrp Ping-Enable

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Parameter real-mac: Maps the real MAC address of a Layer 3 switch routing interface to virtual router IP addresses. virtual-mac: Maps the virtual MAC address of a Layer 3 switch routing interface to virtual router IP addresses.

  • Page 626: Vrrp Vlan-Interface Vrid Track

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands By default, a backup group does not respond to ping operations destined for its virtual router IP address. As these two commands are invalid to switches in backup groups, use them before you create a backup group.

  • Page 627: Vrrp Vrid Preempt-Mode

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Note: The port to be tracked can be in the VLAN which the backup group VLAN interface belongs to. Up to eight ports can be tracked simultaneously.

  • Page 628: Vrrp Vrid Priority

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands become the master switch when it finds its priority is higher than that of the current master switch, and the former master switch becomes a backup switch accordingly.

  • Page 629: Vrrp Vrid Timer Advertise

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Parameter virtual-router-id: VRRP backup group ID ranging from 1 to 255. priority: Switch priority to be set. This argument ranges from 1 to 254. Description Use the vrrp vrid priority command to set the priority of a switch in a backup group.

  • Page 630: Vrrp Vrid Track

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Note that configuration error occurs if switches of the same backup group are configured with different adver-interval values. By default, the interval for the master switch in a backup group to send VRRP packets is 1 second.

  • Page 631: Vrrp Vrid Track Detect-Group

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands priorities are higher than the decreased priority of the master switch, may become the master switch. Note: The VLAN interface tracking function is not applicable to switches operating as IP address owners..

  • Page 632: Vrrp Vrid Virtual-Ip

    Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands You can control the priority of the VRRP backup group according to the auto detect result to enable automatic switch between the master switch and the standby switch.
  • Page 633 Command Manual – VRRP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Use the undo vrrp vrid virtual-ip command to remove a virtual router IP address from an existing backup group. The vrrp vrid virtual-ip command can also be used to create a backup group. You can add up to 16 virtual router IP addresses to a backup group.
  • Page 634 Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Authentication Configuration Commands ....1-1 1.1 Centralized MAC Address Authentication Configuration Commands ....... 1-1 1.1.1 display mac-authentication..................1-1 1.1.2 mac-authentication....................

  • Page 635: Chapter 1 Centralized Mac Address Authentication Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Authentication Configuration Commands 1.1 Centralized MAC Address Authentication Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display mac-authentication Syntax...
  • Page 636 Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands server response timeout value is 100s max allowed user number is 1024 current user number amounts to current domain: not configured, use default domain...

  • Page 637: Mac-Authentication

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands Field Description Ethernet1/0/1 is link-up The link connected to Ethernet1/0/1 port is up. address MAC address authentication is enabled for Ethernet1/0/1 authentication is Enabled port.

  • Page 638: Mac-Authentication Interface

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands When being executed in system view, the mac-authentication command enables centralized MAC address authentication globally. When being executed in Ethernet port view, the mac-authentication command enables centralized MAC address authentication for the current port.

  • Page 639: Mac-Authentication Authmode Usernameasmacaddress

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands Description Use the mac-authentication interface command to enable the centralized MAC address authentication for specified ports. Use the undo mac-authentication interface command to disable the centralized MAC address authentication on specified ports.

  • Page 640: Mac-Authentication Authmode Usernamefixed

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands without-hyphen: Uses MAC addresses without hyphens as usernames and passwords, 0005e01c02e3 for example. Description Use the mac-authentication authmode usernameasmacaddress command to specify the centralized MAC address authentication mode as MAC address.

  • Page 641: Mac-Authentication Authpassword

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] mac-authentication authmode usernamefixed 1.1.6 mac-authentication authpassword Syntax mac-authentication authpassword password...

  • Page 642: Mac-Authentication Domain

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands Description Use the mac-authentication authusername command to set a user name when the fixed mode is adopted. Use the undo mac-authentication authusername command to restore the default user name.

  • Page 643: Mac-Authentication Timer

    Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands [Quidway] mac-authentication domain Cams 1.1.9 mac-authentication timer Syntax mac-authentication timer { offline-detect offline-detect-value | quiet quiet-value | server-timeout server-timeout-value }...
  • Page 644 Command Manual – Centralized MAC Address Authentication Chapter 1 Centralized MAC Address Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Authentication Configuration Commands View User view Parameter interface-type: Port type. interface-number: Port number. Description Use the reset mac-authentication command to clear the centralized MAC address authentication statistics.
  • Page 645 Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 ARP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 arp check enable ..................... 1-1 1.1.2 arp static........................1-1 1.1.3 arp timer aging ......................1-2 1.1.4 display arp .......................

  • Page 646: Chapter 1 Arp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 arp check enable Syntax arp check enable undo arp check enable View System view Parameter...

  • Page 647: Arp Timer Aging

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands View System view, Ethernet interface view Parameter ip-address: IP address contained in the ARP mapping entry to be created/removed. mac-address: MAC address contained in the ARP mapping entry to be created, in the format of H-H-H.

  • Page 648: Display Arp

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands undo arp timer aging View System view Parameter aging-time: Aging time (in minutes) of the dynamic ARP mapping entries. This argument ranges from 1 to 1,440.
  • Page 649 Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Related command: arp static, reset arp. Example # Display all the ARP mapping entries. <Quidway> display arp Type: S-Static D-Dynamic IP Address MAC Address VLAN ID...

  • Page 650: Display Arp

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.5 display arp | Syntax display arp [ dynamic | static] | { begin | exclude | include } text View Any view Parameter dynamic: Displays dynamic ARP mapping entries.

  • Page 651: Display Arp Count

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Refer to Table 1-1 for the description on the above output information. 1.1.6 display arp count Syntax display arp count [ [ dynamic | static ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } text ] |...

  • Page 652: Gratuitous-Arp-Learning Enable

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display arp timer aging command to display the setting of the ARP aging timer. Related command: arp timer aging.

  • Page 653: Reset Arp

    Command Manual – ARP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands If no ARP mapping entry in the cache matches the packet, an ARP mapping entry corresponding to the packet is created. Example # Enable the gratuitous ARP packet learning function on the switch named QuidwayA.

  • Page 654: Chapter 2 Resilient Arp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 Resilient ARP Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 2 Resilient ARP Configuration Commands 2.1 Resilient ARP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display resilient-arp Syntax display resilient-arp [ unit unit-id ] View Any view Parameter unit-id: Unit ID ranging from 1 to 8.

  • Page 655: Resilient-Arp Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 Resilient ARP Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo resilient-arp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the resilient-arp enable command to enable the Resilient ARP function. Use the undo resilient-arp enable command to disable the Resilient ARP function.
  • Page 656 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 Resilient ARP Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Configure the Resilient ARP packets to be sent from the VLAN 2 interface. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 657 New Feature Manual - DHCP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 bims-server......................1-1 1.1.2 dhcp enable......................1-2 1.1.3 dhcp select global ....................1-3 1.1.4 dhcp select interface ....................
  • Page 658 New Feature Manual - DHCP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 1.1.37 static-bind client-identifier..................1-40 1.1.38 static-bind ip-address ..................1-40 1.1.39 static-bind mac-address ..................1-41 1.1.40 voice-config ......................1-42 Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands..............2-1 2.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands ................2-1 2.1.1 address-check ......................

  • Page 659: Chapter 1 Dhcp Server Configuration Commands

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Commands Note: The contents of this chapter are only applicable to the S3900-EI series among S3900 Series Switches.

  • Page 660: Dhcp Enable

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Set the IP address of the remote BIMS server in the DHCP global address pool to 192.168.0.1, the port number to 651, and the shared key to aaa.

  • Page 661: Dhcp Select Global

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands After you enable DHCP by using the dhcp enable command, if the DHCP server and DHCP relay are not configured, sockets UDP 67 and UDP 68 will not be enabled.

  • Page 662: Dhcp Select Interface

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the dhcp select global command to configure the specified interface(s) or all interfaces to operate in global DHCP address pool mode. Upon receiving a DHCP...
  • Page 663 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the dhcp select interface command to configure the specified interface(s) to operate in DHCP interface address pool mode. Upon receiving a DHCP packet from a...

  • Page 664: Dhcp Server Bims-Server

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.5 dhcp server bims-server Syntax dhcp server bims-server ip ip-address [ port port-number ] sharekey key { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all }...

  • Page 665: Dhcp Server Detect

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.6 dhcp server detect Syntax dhcp server detect undo dhcp server detect View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp server detect command to enable the private DHCP server detecting function.
  • Page 666 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | all } { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all } View System view/VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address&<1-8>: IP address of a DNS server.

  • Page 667: Dhcp Server Domain-Name

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.8 dhcp server domain-name Syntax VLAN interface view: dhcp server domain-name domain-name undo dhcp server domain-name System view: dhcp server domain-name domain-name { interface interface-type interface-number...

  • Page 668: Dhcp Server Expired

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands # Configure the domain name aabbcc.com for the DHCP clients whose IP addresses are from the DHCP address pool of the current VLAN interface.

  • Page 669: Dhcp Server Forbidden-Ip

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Related command: expired. Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Set the lease time of the IP addresses in all interface address pools to be 1 day, 2 hours and 3 minutes.

  • Page 670: Dhcp Server Ip-Pool

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note: When you execute the undo dhcp server forbidden-ip command, make sure that the specified address range does not contain any statically bound IP address.

  • Page 671: Dhcp Server Nbns-List

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Note: To prevent malicious attacks to unused sockets and enhance security, S3900 series Ethernet switches provide the following functions: When DHCP is enabled, sockets UDP 67 and UDP 68 used by DHCP are enabled.

  • Page 672: Dhcp Server Netbios-Type

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter ip-address&<1-8>: IP address of a NetBIOS server. &<1-8> means you can provide up to eight NetBIOS server IP addresses. When inputting more than one NetBIOS server IP address, separate two neighboring IP addresses with a space.
  • Page 673 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands dhcp server netbios-type { b-node | h-node | m-node | p-node } { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all }...

  • Page 674: Dhcp Server Option

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.14 dhcp server option Syntax VLAN interface view: dhcp server option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string&<1-10> | ip-address ip-address&<1-8> } undo dhcp server option code System view: dhcp server option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string&<1-10>...

  • Page 675: Dhcp Server Ping

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the dhcp server option command to customize DHCP options for the specified DHCP interface address pool(s). Use the undo dhcp server option command to remove the customized DHCP options.

  • Page 676: Dhcp Server Relay Information Enable

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Set the maximum number of the packets the DHCP server sends in a ping test to 10, and the timeout time of each packet to 500 milliseconds.
  • Page 677 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address: IP address to be statically bound. Note that the specified IP address must belong to the same network segment as that of the VLAN interface.

  • Page 678: Dhcp Server Voice-Config

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.18 dhcp server voice-config Syntax dhcp server voice-config { ncp-ip ip-address | as-ip ip-address | voice-vlan vlan-id { enable | disable } | fail-over ip-address dialer-string }...

  • Page 679: Dhcp Server Voice-Config Interface

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Enter VLAN-interface 1 view. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 1 # Enable the DHCP server to support all the sub-options of option 184 in VLAN-interface 1.
  • Page 680 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]: Specifies all interfaces in the interface range identified by the two interface indexes separated by the to keyword (including the end interfaces). The interfaces must be VLAN interfaces.

  • Page 681: Display Dhcp Server Conflict

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.20 display dhcp server conflict Syntax display dhcp server conflict { all | ip ip-address } View Any view Parameter all: Specifies all IP addresses.
  • Page 682 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter ip ip-address: Specifies an IP address. pool [ pool-name ]: Specifies a global address pool. The pool-name argument, a string of 1 to 35 characters, is the name of an address pool. If you do not provide this argument, this command applies to all global address pools.

  • Page 683: Display Dhcp Server Free-Ip

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Lease expiration The time when a lease time expires Type Address binding type 1.1.22 display dhcp server free-ip Syntax display dhcp server free-ip...
  • Page 684 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands pool [ pool-name ]: Specifies a global address pool. The pool-name argument, a string of 1 to 35 characters, is the name of an address pool. If you do not provide this argument, this command applies to all global address pools.

  • Page 685: Display Dhcp Server Statistics

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description Type Address binding type 1.1.24 display dhcp server statistics Syntax display dhcp server statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dhcp server statistics command to display the statistics on a DHCP server.

  • Page 686: Display Dhcp Server Tree

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Dhcp Inform: Boot Reply: Dhcp Offer: Dhcp Ack: Dhcp Nak: Bad Messages: Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server statistics command...
  • Page 687 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View Any view Parameter pool [ pool-name ]: Specifies a global address pool. The pool-name argument, a string of 1 to 35 characters, is the name of an address pool. If you do not provide this argument, this command applies to all global address pools.
  • Page 688 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands expired 1 0 0 Table 1-5 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server tree command Field Description Global pool Information about global address pools...

  • Page 689: Dns-List

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Field Description nbns-list List of the NetBIOS servers configured for the DHCP clients 1.1.26 dns-list Syntax dns-list ip-address&<1-8> undo dns-list { ip-address | all }...

  • Page 690: Domain-Name

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.27 domain-name Syntax domain-name domain-name undo domain-name View DHCP address pool view Parameter domain-name: Domain name for the DHCP clients of a global DHCP address pool, a string of 3 to 50 characters.

  • Page 691: Gateway-List

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter day day: Specifies the number of days. The day argument ranges from 0 to 365. hour hour: Specifies the number of hours. The hour argument ranges from 0 to 23.

  • Page 692: Nbns-List

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands all: Specifies all configured gateway IP addresses. Description Use the gateway-list command to configure one or multiple gateway IP addresses for the DHCP clients of a DHCP address pool.

  • Page 693: Netbios-Type

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands If you execute the nbns-list command repeatedly, the new configuration overwrites the previous one. Related command: dhcp server ip-pool, dhcp server nbns-list and netbios-type.

  • Page 694: Network

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Configure the DHCP clients of the global DHCP address pool 0 to be of b-node type.
  • Page 695 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands # Configure the dynamically assigned IP address range 192.168.8.0/24 for the global DHCP address pool 0. [Quidway] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [Quidway-dhcp-pool-0] network 192.168.8.0 mask 255.255.255.0 1.1.33 option...

  • Page 696: Reset Dhcp Server Conflict

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Configure option 100 to be 0x11 and 0x22 for the global DHCP address pools.

  • Page 697: Reset Dhcp Server Statistics

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands interface [ interface-type interface-number ]: Clears the dynamic address binding information about a specified interface address pool. If you do not specify the interface-number argument, this command clears the dynamic address binding information about all interface address pools.

  • Page 698: Static-Bind Client-Identifier

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.37 static-bind client-identifier Syntax static-bind client-identifier client-identifier undo static-bind client-identifier View DHCP address pool view Parameter client-identifier: Client ID to be bound, in the format of H-H-H. It contains 3 to 160 hexadecimal numbers.

  • Page 699: Static-Bind Mac-Address

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo static-bind ip-address View DHCP address pool view Parameter ip-address: IP address to be bound. If you do not specify the mask-length or mask argument, the default subnet mask is used.

  • Page 700: Voice-Config

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo static-bind mac-address View DHCP address pool view Parameter mac-address: MAC address of the host to which the IP address is to be bound. You need to provide this argument in the form of H-H-H.
  • Page 701 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View DHCP address pool view Parameter ncp-ip: IP address of the network call processor (NCP). as-ip: IP address of the alternate server. voice-vlan: Voice VLAN.
  • Page 702 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 1 DHCP Server Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands [Quidway-dhcp-pool-123] voice-config voice-vlan 3 enable [Quidway-dhcp-pool-123] voice-config fail-over 3.3.3.3 99* Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-44...

  • Page 703: Chapter 2 Dhcp Relay Configuration Commands

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 2.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 2.1.1 address-check Syntax address-check enable address-check disable View VLAN interface view...

  • Page 704: Dhcp-Relay Hand

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands 2.1.2 dhcp-relay hand Syntax dhcp-relay hand { enable | disable } View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp relay hand enable command to enable the DHCP relay handshake function.

  • Page 705: Dhcp Relay Information Strategy

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Use the undo dhcp relay information enable command to disable option 82 supporting on a DHCP relay, through which you can disable the DHCP relay from inserting option 82 into DHCP request packets sent to a DHCP server.

  • Page 706: Dhcp-Security Static

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Description Use the dhcp relay information strategy command to instruct a DHCP relay to perform specified operations to DHCP request packets that carry option 82.

  • Page 707: Dhcp-Security Tracker

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Use the undo dhcp-security command to remove one or all user address entries, or all user address entries of a specified type.

  • Page 708: Dhcp-Server

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Set the interval to update dynamic address entries to 60 seconds.

  • Page 709: Dhcp-Server Detect

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Example # Enter system view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. # Enter VLAN interface 1 view. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 1 # Specify that VLAN interface 1 corresponds to DHCP server group 1.

  • Page 710: Dhcp-Server Ip

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands 2.1.9 dhcp-server ip Syntax dhcp-server groupNo ip ip-address&<1-8> undo dhcp-server groupNo View System view Parameter groupNo: DHCP server group number, ranging from 0 to 19.

  • Page 711: Display Dhcp-Server

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Parameter ip-address: IP address. This argument is used to display the user address entry with the specified IP address. dynamic: Displays the dynamic user address entries.
  • Page 712 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Parameter groupNo: DHCP server group number, ranging from 0 to 19. Description Use the display dhcp-server command to display information about a specified DHCP server group.

  • Page 713: Display Dhcp-Server Interface

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Field Description Messages from this server Number of the packets received from the DHCP group server group Messages to this server Number of the packets sent to the DHCP server...

  • Page 714: Reset Dhcp-Server

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 2 DHCP Relay Configuration C Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 ommands Parameter vlan-id: VLAN ID. Description Use the display dhcp-server interface command to display information about the DHCP server group to which a VLAN interface is mapped.

  • Page 715: Dhcp Snooping Configuration Commands

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuratio Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 n Commands Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands 3.1 DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands 3.1.1 dhcp-snooping Syntax dhcp-snooping undo dhcp-snooping View System view Parameter None...

  • Page 716: Display Dhcp-Snooping

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuratio Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 n Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp-snooping trust command to set an Ethernet port to a trusted port. Use the undo dhcp-snooping trust command to restore an Ethernet port to an untrusted port.

  • Page 717: Display Dhcp-Snooping Trust

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuratio Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 n Commands Description Use the display dhcp-snooping command to display the user IP-MAC address mapping entries recorded by the DHCP snooping function. Related command: dhcp-snooping.
  • Page 718 New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 3 DHCP Snooping Configuratio Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 n Commands Ethernet1/0/10 Trusted The above display information indicates that the DHCP snooping function is enabled, and the Ethernet1/0/10 port is a trusted port.

  • Page 719: Chapter 4 Dhcp Accounting Configuration Commands

    New Feature Manual - DHCP Chapter 4 DHCP Accounting Configurati Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 on Commands Chapter 4 DHCP Accounting Configuration Commands 4.1 DHCP Accounting Configuration Commands 4.1.1 accounting domain Syntax accounting domain domain-name undo accounting domain View...
  • Page 720 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 ACL Commands......................1-1 1.1 ACL Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 acl..........................1-1 1.1.2 description ....................... 1-2 1.1.3 display acl........................ 1-3 1.1.4 display packet-filter ....................1-4 1.1.5 display time-range....................

  • Page 721: Chapter 1 Acl Commands

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Chapter 1 ACL Commands 1.1 ACL Configuration Commands 1.1.1 acl Syntax acl number acl-number [ match-order { config | auto } ] undo acl { number acl-number | all }...

  • Page 722: Description

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands The “depth-first” ordering of rules in IP ACLs (basic and advanced ACLs) is implemented based on the lengths of the source IP address masks and the destination IP address masks.

  • Page 723: Display Acl

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Example # Define the description information of ACL 3100. <Quidway> system-view [Quidway] acl number 3100 [Quidway-acl-adv-3100] description This acl is used in eth 0 # Delete the description information of ACL 3100.

  • Page 724: Display Packet-Filter

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands rule 1 permit ip 1.1.4 display packet-filter Syntax display packet-filter { interface interface-type interface-num | unitid unit-id } View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num: Port of the switch.
  • Page 725 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Example # Display all time ranges. <Quidway> display time-range all Current time is 14:36:36 Apr/2/2003 Thursday Time-range : hhy ( Inactive ) from 08:30 2/5/2005 to 18:00 2/19/2005...

  • Page 726: Packet-Filter

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands 1.1.6 packet-filter Syntax packet-filter { inbound | outbound } acl-rule undo packet-filter { inbound | outbound } acl-rule View Ethernet port view Parameter inbound: Specifies to filter packets received on the port.

  • Page 727: Rule (Basic Acl)

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands rule rule: Specifies a rule of an ACL. The rule argument ranges from 0 to 65534. If you do not specify the rule number, all the rules of an ACL are applied.

  • Page 728: Rule (Advanced Acl)

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands rule-id: Rule ID, which must the ID of an existing ACL rule. If no other arguments are specified, the system will completely delete this ACL rule. If any argument is given, the system will delete only the specified information of the ACL rule.
  • Page 729 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands View Advanced ACL view Parameter Parameters of the rule command: rule-id: ACL rule ID, in the range of 0 to 65,534. deny: Drops packets that satisfy the condition.
  • Page 730 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Parameter Type Function Description Packet dscp dscp DSCP priority Value range: 0 to 63 precedence Specifies that rule Fragment effective fragment information non-initial fragment packets Specifies...
  • Page 731 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Keyword DSCP value in decimal DSCP value in decimal af41 100010 af42 100100 af43 100110 001000 010000 011000 100000 101000 110000 111000 be (default) 000000 If the protocol type is TCP or UDP, you can also define the following information:...
  • Page 732 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Specifies that “TCP rule will connection match established TCP-specific argument established” connection flag packets with the ack or rst flag If the protocol type is ICMP, you can also define the following information:...
  • Page 733 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Name ICMP TYPE ICMP CODE net-unreachable Type=3 Code=0 parameter-problem Type=12 Code=0 port-unreachable Type=3 Code=3 protocol-unreachable Type=3 Code=2 reassembly-timeout Type=11 Code=1 source-quench Type=4 Code=0 source-route-failed Type=3 Code=5...

  • Page 734: Rule (Layer 2 Acl)

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands fragment: Deletes the settings effective for non-initial fragment packets in the rule corresponding to the rule ID. Description Use the rule command to define an ACL rule.
  • Page 735 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands rule-id: ACL rule ID, in the range of 0 to 65,534. deny: Drops packets that satisfy the condition. permit: Permits packets that satisfy the condition to pass.

  • Page 736: Rule (User-Defined Acl)

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands Parameters of the undo rule command: rule-id: Rule ID, which must the ID of an existing ACL rule. Description Use the rule command to define an ACL rule.
  • Page 737 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands rule-mask: User-defined mask of the rule. It is used to perform the logical AND operations with packets and must be an even number containing 2 to 160 hexadecimal characters.

  • Page 738: Rule Comment

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands If the rule corresponding to the specified rule ID already exists, you will edit the rule, and the modified part in the rule will replace the original content, while other parts remain unchanged.

  • Page 739: Time-Range

    Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands [Quidway] acl number 3000 [Quidway-acl-adv-3000] rule 0 comment test 1.1.12 time-range Syntax time-range time-name { start-time to end-time days-of-the-week [ from start-time start-date ] [ to end-time end-date ] | from start-time start-date [ to end-time end-date ]...
  • Page 740 Command Manual – ACL Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 ACL Commands jointly define a periodic time section, while start-time start-date and end-time end-date jointly define an absolute time section. If only a periodic time section is defined in a time range, the time range is active only within the defined periodic time section.
  • Page 741 Command Manual – QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 QoS Commands......................1-1 1.1 QoS Commands ........................ 1-1 1.1.1 display protocol priority ................... 1-1 1.1.2 display qos cos-local-precedence-map..............1-1 1.1.3 display qos-interface all................... 1-2 1.1.4 display qos-interface line-rate .................

  • Page 742: Chapter 1 Qos Commands

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1.1 QoS Commands 1.1.1 display protocol priority Syntax display protocol priority View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display protocol priority command to display the priority of the protocol packet.

  • Page 743: Display Qos-Interface All

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Parameter None Description Use the display qos cos-local-precedence-map command to view the “COS-to-local-precedence” mapping table. Example # Display the “COS-to-local-precedence” mapping table. <Quidway> display qos cos-local-precedence-map cos-local-precedence-map: cos(802.1p) :...

  • Page 744: Display Qos-Interface Line-Rate

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Example # Display all the QoS parameter configuration on Ethernet 1/0/1. <Quidway> display qos-interface Ethernet 1/0/1 all Ethernet1/0/1: traffic-limit Inbound: Matches: Acl 3001 rule 1...

  • Page 745: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands switch; if you specify that argument, you will view the rate limit configuration of a specific port. Example # Display the rate limit configuration of a specific port.

  • Page 746: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands 1.1.6 display qos-interface traffic-priority Syntax display qos-interface { interface-type interface-number | unit-id } traffic-priority View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port index. unit-id: Unit ID of the switch.

  • Page 747: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands unit-id: Unit ID of the switch. Description Use the display qos-interface traffic-redirect command to view the redirection configuration of a port or all the ports of a switch. The displayed information includes the corresponding ACLs of the traffic to be redirected, the redirected interfaces, etc.

  • Page 748: Display Queue-Scheduler

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands 0 packet inprofile 0 packet outprofile 1.1.9 display queue-scheduler Syntax display queue-scheduler View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display queue-scheduler command to view queue scheduling mode and corresponding configuration.

  • Page 749: Priority

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands target-rate: Total rate (in kbps) to limit both the inbound and outbound packets on the port, with the granularity of rate limit being 64 kbps. If the number you input is in the range of N*64 to (N+1)*64 (N is a natural number), the switch will set the value to (N+1)*64 kbps automatically.

  • Page 750: Priority Trust

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands By default, the switch uses the port priority instead of the 802.1p priority carried by a packet. After this command is configured, the switch will replace the packet 802.1p priority with the priority of the received port, according to which the packet will be put into the corresponding egress queue.

  • Page 751: Protocol-Priority Protocol-Type

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet 1/0/1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] priority trust 1.1.13 protocol-priority protocol-type Syntax protocol-priority protocol-type protocol-type { ip-precedence ip-precedence | dscp...
  • Page 752 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Table 1-2 Description on DSCP values Keyword DSCP value (decimal) DSCP value (binary) 101110 af11 001010 af12 001100 af13 001110 af21 010010 af22 010100 af23...

  • Page 753: Qos Cos-Local-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Example # Set the IP precedence of SNMP protocol packets to 3. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] protocol-priority protocol-type snmp ip-precedence 3 1.1.14 qos cos-local-precedence-map...
  • Page 754 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Description cos-local-precedence-map command configure “CoS-to-local-precedence” mapping table. Use the undo qos cos-local-precedence-map command to restore the default values. The following is the default “CoS-to-local-precedence” mapping table.

  • Page 755: Queue-Scheduler

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Table 1-4 “CoS-to-local-precedence” mapping table CoS value Local precedence 1.1.15 queue-scheduler Syntax 1. In system view queue-scheduler { strict-priority | wfq queue0-width queue1-width queue2-width queue3-width queue4-width queue5-width queue6-width queue7-width...
  • Page 756 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands queue0-width queue1-width queue2-width queue3-width queue4-width queue5-width queue6-width queue7-width: Minimum delivery bandwidth of each WFQ queue in kbps. Its granularity is 64 kbps. If the number you enter is in the range of N*64 to (N+1)*64 (N is a natural number), the switch sets the value to (N+1)*64 automatically.

  • Page 757: Reset Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] queue-scheduler wrr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.1.16 reset traffic-statistic Syntax reset traffic-statistic inbound acl-rule View Ethernet port view Parameter inbound: Specify to clear the statistics of the inbound packets on the port.

  • Page 758: Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Description Use the reset traffic-statistic command to clear the statistics of all or specified traffic. Example # Clear the statistics of the inbound traffic that matches ACL 2000 on Ethernet 1/0/1.

  • Page 759: Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Description Use the traffic-limit command to activate ACL and perform traffic limit. Use the undo traffic-limit command to remove traffic limit. The granularity of traffic limit is 64 kbps.
  • Page 760 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands ip-precedence { pre-value | from-cos }: Set IP priority, pre-value ranges from 0 to 7. You can also enter the keywords in Table 1-1. from-cos means to set IP priority of the packet the same to 802.1p priority.

  • Page 761: Traffic-Redirect

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Example # Remark the 802.1p priority of the packets which are received on Ethernet 1/0/1 and match the permit rule in ACL 4000 as 1.

  • Page 762: Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands Note: When the packets are redirected to CPU, they cannot be forwarded normally. If the traffic is redirected to a down Combo port, the system automatically redirects the traffic to the up port that is corresponding to the Combo port.

  • Page 763: Wred

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands The statistics information of traffic-statistic command includes the matched times of the transmitted data by switch. User can use display qos-interface traffic-statistic command to display the statistics information.
  • Page 764 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 QoS Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet 1/0/1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] wred 2 64 20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-23...

  • Page 765: Chapter 2 Qos Profile Configuration Commands

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands 2.1 QoS Profile Configuration Commands 2.1.1 apply qos-profile Syntax apply qos-profile profile-name undo apply qos-profile profile-name View...

  • Page 766: Apply Qos-Profile Interface

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands 2.1.2 apply qos-profile interface Syntax apply qos-profile profile-name interface interface-list undo apply qos-profile profile-name interface-list View System view Parameter profile-name: QoS profile name, a string of one to 32 characters, starting with English letters [a-z, A-Z] and excluding all, interface, user, undo, user-based, port-based and name which are reserved keywords.

  • Page 767: Packet-Filter

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays all QoS profiles. profile-name: Displays the QoS profiles with specific names, profile-name is a string of 1 to 32 characters, starting with English letters [a-z, A-Z] and excluding all, interface, user, undo, user-base, port-based and name which are reserved keywords.

  • Page 768: Qos-Profile

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands Description Use the packet-filter command to add packet filtering action to the QoS profile. Use the undo packet-filter command to remove packet filtering action from the QoS profile.

  • Page 769: Qos-Profile Port-Based

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] qos-profile a123 [Quidway-qos-profile-a123] 2.1.6 qos-profile port-based Syntax qos-profile port-based undo qos-profile port-based...

  • Page 770: Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands Port-based mode: The switch delivers the traffic actions in the QoS profile directly to the user port. In this mode, all the accessed users through one port should use the same profile.

  • Page 771: Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands Description Use the traffic-limit command to add traffic policing action in the QoS profile. Use the undo traffic-limit command to remove traffic policing action from the QoS profile.
  • Page 772 Command Manual - QoS&QoS Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 QoS Profile Configuration Commands ip-precedence { pre-value | from-cos }: Set IP preference value, pre-value is in the range 0 to 7. from-cos sets the IP preference value consistent with 802.1p preference value.
  • Page 773 Command Manual – Web Cache Redirection Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Commands ..........1-1 1.1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1.1 display webcache ....................1-1 1.1.2 webcache address ....................1-2 1.1.3 webcache redirect-vlan ...................

  • Page 774: Web Cache Redirection Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Web Cache Redirection Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Commands Note: The S3900-SI series do not support Web cache redirection. 1.1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display webcache...

  • Page 775: Webcache Address

    Command Manual – Web Cache Redirection Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands webcache TCP port: 80 webcache redirect VLAN: VLAN 2 Valid webcache exclusion lists: 2.2.2.2 255.255.0.0 webcache status: accessible 1.1.2 webcache address...
  • Page 776 Command Manual – Web Cache Redirection Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Use the undo webcache all command to remove all Web cache redirection configurations on the switch. You can configure the parameters of Web Cache in system view or Ethernet port view.
  • Page 777 Command Manual – Web Cache Redirection Chapter 1 Web Cache Redirection Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands undo webcache redirect-vlan [ vlan-id ] View System view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the VLAN whose traffic is to be redirected.
  • Page 778 Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands ....................1-1 1.1 Mirroring Commands of S3900-EI ..................1-1 1.1.1 display mirroring-group ................... 1-1 1.1.2 display qos-interface mirrored-to................1-2 1.1.3 mirrored-to....................... 1-3 1.1.4 mirroring-group......................

  • Page 779: Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1.1 Mirroring Commands of S3900-EI 1.1.1 display mirroring-group Syntax display mirroring-group { group-id | all | local | remote-destination | remote-source }...

  • Page 780: Display Qos-Interface Mirrored-To

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Information displayed on the source mirroring group for remote mirroring includes: Group number Group type: remote-source Group status Information of the source port Information of the reflector port...

  • Page 781: Mirrored-To

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Example # Display the parameter settings of traffic mirroring on Gigabitethernet1/1/1. <Quidway> display qos-interface GigabitEthernet 1/1/1 mirrored-to GigabitEthernet1/1/1: mirrored-to Inbound: Matches: Acl 2000 rule 0 running Mirrored to: monitor interface 1.1.3 mirrored-to...

  • Page 782: Mirroring-Group

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands ip-group acl-number: ACL number of the basic or advanced ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999. link-group acl-number: ACL number of the Layer 2 ACL, ranging from 4000 to 4999.

  • Page 783: Mirroring-Group Mirroring-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands View System view Parameter group-id: Group number of a port mirroring group, in the range of 1 to 20. local: Specifies the mirroring group as a local port mirroring group.

  • Page 784: Mirroring-Group Monitor-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Description Use the mirroring-group mirroring-port command to configure the source port. Use the undo mirroring-group mirroring-port command to remove the configuration of the source port. Example # Configure GigabitEthernet1/1/1 as the source port and mirror all packets received via this port.

  • Page 785: Mirroring-Group Reflector-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] mirroring-group 1 monitor-port Gigabitethernet1/1/4 1.1.7 mirroring-group reflector-port Syntax mirroring-group group-id reflector-port reflector-port undo mirroring-group group-id reflector-port reflector-port...

  • Page 786: Mirroring-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands undo mirroring-group group-id remote-probe vlan remote-probe-vlan-id View System view Parameter group-id: Group number of a port mirroring group, in the range of 1 to 20. remote-probe vlan remote-probe-vlan-id: Specifies the remote-probe VLAN for the mirroring group.

  • Page 787: Monitor-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Example # Configure GigabitEthernet1/1/1 as the source port and mirror all packets received and sent via this port. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 788: Mirroring Commands Of S3900-Si

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands View VLAN view Parameter None Description Use the remote-probe vlan enable command to configure the current VLAN as the remote-probe VLAN. Use the undo remote-probe vlan enable command to configure the remote-probe VLAN as a normal VLAN.

  • Page 789: Display Qos-Interface Mirrored-To

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Example # Display the port mirroring settings. mirror <Quidway> display Monitor-port: Ethernet1/0/1 Mirroring-port: Ethernet1/0/2 both 1.2.2 display qos-interface mirrored-to Syntax display qos-interface { interface-type interface-number | unit-id } mirrored-to...

  • Page 790: Mirrored-To

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands 1.2.3 mirrored-to Syntax mirrored-to { inbound | outbound } acl-rule { monitor-interface | cpu } undo mirrored-to inbound acl-rule View Ethernet port view Parameter inbound: Mirrors packets received on the port.

  • Page 791: Mirroring-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands rule rule-id: Rule number of the ACL rule, ranging from 0 to 65534. If this parameter is not specified, all rules in the specified ACL will be applied.

  • Page 792: Monitor-Port

    Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands Parameter inbound | outbound | both: Direction of mirrored packets. inbound: only mirrors the packets received via the port; outbound: only mirrors the packets sent by the port;...
  • Page 793 Command Manual – Mirroring Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 Mirroring Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface GigabitEthernet1/1/4 [Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/1/4] monitor-port Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-15...
  • Page 794 Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands....................1-1 1.1 IRF Fabric Commands....................... 1-1 1.1.1 change self-unit ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 change unit-id......................1-1 1.1.3 display ftm ....................... 1-3 1.1.4 display irf-fabric .......................

  • Page 795: Chapter 1 Irf Fabric Commands

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands 1.1 IRF Fabric Commands 1.1.1 change self-unit Syntax change self-unit to { unit-id | auto-numbering } View System view Parameter unit-id: Unit ID to be set to.
  • Page 796 Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands View System view Parameter unit-id1: Current unit ID. unit-id2: New unit ID. auto-numbering: Change the unit ID automatically. Description Use the change unit-id command to configure the unit ID of a switch in an IRF fabric to a new value.

  • Page 797: Display Ftm

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands 000f-cbb7-2142 10 /Right 1 000f-cbb7-3264 10 Left/ 000f-cbb7-2260 10 /Right 1 000f-cbb7-2734 10 Left/ <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 798: Display Irf-Fabric

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Description Use the display ftm command to display the protocol information or the topology database information of the current fabric. Example # Display the FTM protocol information of the switch.

  • Page 799: Display Rmon History Unit

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Description Use the display irf-fabric command to view the information of the entire fabric, including unit ID, unit name, and operation mode of the system. If the fabric information is displayed on the Console port of a device, an asterisk (*) will be added to the unit ID of the current device.

  • Page 800: Display Rmon Statistics Unit

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands 1.1.6 display rmon statistics unit Syntax display rmon statistics unit unit-id View Any view Parameter unit-id: Unit ID of a device in an IRF fabric.
  • Page 801 Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Total number of units in fabric : 8, My Unit ID : 1 UID CPU-Mac Priority Stack-Port Board-ID A/M 00e0-fc00-5002 10 /Right 1 00e0-fc03-5132 10...

  • Page 802: Fabric-Port Enable

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands %Apr 2 19:43:24:368 2000 Quidway FTM/3/FTMCHIDAUTO:- 1 -Change unitid to auto successful, unit 1 removed UnitID from flash! Unit 2 removed unit ID successfully.

  • Page 803: Ftm Fabric-Vlan

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Note: Establishing an IRF system requires a high consistency of the configuration of each device. Hence, before you enable the fabric port, do not perform any configuration for the port, and do not enable some functions that affect the IRF (such as TACACAS and VLAN-VPN) for other ports or globally.

  • Page 804: Irf-Fabric Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Example # Specify VLAN 2 of the switch as an IRF fabric VLAN . <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 805: Set Unit Name

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset ftm statistics command to clear FTM statistics. Example # Clear FTM statistics. <Quidway> reset ftm statistics 1.1.12 set unit name...

  • Page 806: Sysname

    Command Manual – IRF Fabric Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 IRF Fabric Commands Hello Second 2(*) 1.1.13 sysname Syntax sysname sysname undo sysname View System view Parameter sysname: Fabric name to be set, a string comprising of 1 to 30 characters. By default, the fabric name of an S3900 Series Ethernet switch is Quidway.
  • Page 807 Command Manual – Cluster Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 HGMPv2 Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 NDP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display ndp ......................1-1 1.1.2 ndp enable....................... 1-4 1.1.3 ndp timer aging......................1-4 1.1.4 ndp timer hello......................
  • Page 808 Command Manual – Cluster Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 1.3.22 snmp-host......................1-37 1.3.23 tftp cluster get...................... 1-38 1.3.24 tftp cluster put...................... 1-38 1.3.25 tftp-server ......................1-39 1.3.26 timer ........................1-40 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 809: Ndp Configuration Commands

    Status: Enabled, Pkts Snd: 15835, Pkts Rvd: 2879, Pkts Err: 0 Interface: Ethernet1/0/2 Status: Enabled, Pkts Snd: 0, Pkts Rvd: 0, Pkts Err: 0 Interface: Ethernet1/0/3 Status: Enabled, Pkts Snd: 0, Pkts Rvd: 0, Pkts Err: 0 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 810 # Display the information about the Ethernet 1/0/1 port. <aaa_0.Quidway> display ndp interface Ethernet 1/0/1 Interface: Ethernet1/0/1 Status: Enabled, Pkts Snd: 15835, Pkts Rvd: 2879, Pkts Err: 0 Neighbor 1: Aging Time: 147(s) MAC Address : 00e0-fc00-3900 Port Name : Ethernet1/0/1 Software Ver: V100R002B01D001 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 811 Port name of a neighbor device Software Ver Neighbor device software version Device Name Device name of a neighbor device Port Duplex Port duplex mode of a neighbor device Product Ver Product version of a neighbor device Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 812: Ndp Enable

    Note that the NDP feature on a port does not take effect until the NDP feature is enabled globally. Example # Enable NDP globally. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] ndp enable 1.1.3 ndp timer aging Syntax ndp timer aging aging-in-secs Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 813: Ndp Timer Hello

    # Configure the holdtime of the NDP information sent by the local switch to be 60 seconds. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] ndp timer aging 60 1.1.4 ndp timer hello Syntax ndp timer hello timer-in-seconds undo ndp timer hello View System view Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 814: Reset Ndp Statistics

    (in the form of slot number/port number).to: Specifies a port range. &<1-10> means that you can provide up to ten port indexes/port index ranges for this argument. Description Use the reset ndp statistics command to clear NDP statistics. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 815: Ntdp Configuration Commands

    Port Delay: 10 ms Last collection total time: 92ms Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display ntdp command Field Description NTDP is running. NTDP is enabled globally on the local device. Hops Hop count for topology collection Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 816: Display Ntdp Device-List

    # Display the device list collected through NTDP. <Quidway> display ntdp device-list PLATFORM 00e0-fc00-3901 100.100.1.1/24 S3900 00e0-fc00-3190 16.1.1.1/24 S3900 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ntdp device-list command Field Description MAC address of a device Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 817 : 00e0-fc00-3900 Platform : S3900 : 100.100.1.1/24 Version Huawei Versatile Routing Platform Software VRP (tm) Software, Version 3.10 Copyright (c) 1998-2006 Huawei Tech. Co.,Ltd. All rights reserved. S3900 3900-0002 Cluster Candidate switch Peer MAC Peer Port ID Native Port ID...

  • Page 818: Ntdp Enable

    Name of the peer port connected to the local port Speed Speed of the neighbor device port Duplex Duplex mode of the neighbor device port 1.2.3 ntdp enable Syntax ntdp enable undo ntdp enable View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter None Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-10...

  • Page 819: Ntdp Explore

    The information is useful for the management device or network management system to acquire the network topology and to manage and monitor the devices. Example # Start the topology collection. <Quidway> ntdp explore Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-11...

  • Page 820: Ntdp Hop

    # Set the hop count for topology information collection to 5. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] ntdp hop 5 1.2.6 ntdp timer Syntax ntdp timer interval-in- minutes undo ntdp timer View System view Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-12...

  • Page 821: Ntdp Timer Hop-Delay

    View System view Parameter time: Delay time (in milliseconds) for a switch to forward topology-collection request packets. This argument ranges from 1 to 1,000 and defaults to 200. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-13...

  • Page 822: Ntdp Timer Port-Delay

    After forwarding a received topology-collection request packet through one port, the switch delays for specific period before it forwards the packet through the next port. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-14...

  • Page 823: Cluster Configuration Commands

    You can add a candidate device to a cluster on the management device only. If you do not specify the member number when adding a cluster member, the management device assigns the least available member number to it. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-15...

  • Page 824: Administrator-Address

    Use the administrator-address command to set the MAC address of the management device on a member device. Use the undo administrator-address command to remove a member device from the cluster, usually for debugging or restoration. By default, a switch belongs to no cluster. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-16...

  • Page 825: Auto-Build

    Note: Ensure that NTDP is enabled, because it is the basis of candidate and member collection. The collection range is also decided through NTDP. You can use the hop command in system view to modify the collection range. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-17...

  • Page 826: Build

    Use the build command to configure or modify the cluster name. Use the undo build command to remove a cluster. If the build command is executed on the candidate device, the current switch will be configured as the management device and assigned with a cluster name. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-18...
  • Page 827 Example # Configure the current switch to be a management device and specify the cluster name to be aaa. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z [Quidway] cluster [Quidway-cluster] build aaa Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-19...

  • Page 828: Cluster

    Use the undo administrator-address command on a member switch to disable socket UDP 40000 of the member switch. 1.3.5 cluster Syntax cluster View System view Parameter None Description Use the cluster command to enter cluster view. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-20...

  • Page 829: Cluster Enable

    When you execute this command on a switch that belongs to no cluster, the cluster function is disabled on the switch. Example # Enable the cluster function on a switch. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z [Quidway] cluster enable Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-21...

  • Page 830: Cluster Switch-To

    You can enter quit to cancel the switchover operation. Example # Switch from the management device to the member device numbered 6 and then switch back to the management device. <aaa_0.Quidway> cluster switch-to 6 <aaa_0.Quidway> quit <aaa_0.Quidway> Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-22...

  • Page 831: Cluster-Mac

    # Configure the multicast MAC address of the management device to be 0180-C200-0028. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] cluster [aaa_0.Quidway-cluster] cluster-mac 0180-C200-0028 1.3.9 cluster-mac syn-interval Syntax cluster-mac syn-interval time-interval View Cluster view Parameter time-interval: Interval (in minutes) to send multicast packets. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-23...

  • Page 832: Delete-Member

    0, that is, topology collection is not performed periodically. Example # Remove the member device numbered 2 from the cluster. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] cluster [aaa_0.Quidway-cluster] delete-member 2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-24...

  • Page 833: Display Cluster

    # Display cluster information (assuming that the current switch is a management device). <aaa_0.Quidway-cluster> display cluster Cluster name:"aaa" Role:Administrator Management-vlan:100 Handshake timer:10 sec Handshake hold-time:60 sec IP-Pool:20.1.1.1/24 cluster-mac:0180-c200-000a No logging host configured No SNMP host configured No FTP server configured No TFTP server configured Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-25...

  • Page 834: Display Cluster Candidates

    Administrator status State of the management device 1.3.12 display cluster candidates Syntax display cluster candidates [ mac-address H-H-H | verbose ] View Any view Parameter mac-address H-H-H: Specifies the MAC address of a candidate device. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-26...
  • Page 835 Hops from a candidate device to the management device IP address of a candidate device Platform Platform of a candidate device # Display the information about a specified candidate device. <aaa_0.Quidway-cluster> display cluster candidates mac-address 00e0-fc00-3190 Hostname : 3900-3 : 00e0-fc00-3190 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-27...

  • Page 836: Display Cluster Members

    Platform of a candidate device 1.3.13 display cluster members Syntax display cluster members [ member-number | verbose ] View Any view Parameter member-number: Member number of a switch in a cluster, ranging from 0 to 255. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-28...

  • Page 837: Device Type

    <aaa_0.Quidway-cluster> display cluster members verbose Member number:0 Name:aaa_0.Quidway Device:S3900 MAC Address:00e0-fc00-3901 Member status:Admin Hops to administrator device:0 IP: 100.100.1.1/24 Version: Huawei Versatile Routing Platform Software VRP (tm) Software, Version 3.10 Copyright (c) 1998-2006 Huawei Tech. Co.,Ltd. All rights reserved. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-29...
  • Page 838 MAC Address:3900-0000-3334 Member status:Up Hops to administrator device:2 IP: 16.1.1.11/24 Version: Huawei Versatile Routing Platform Software VRP (tm) Software, Version 3.10 Copyright (c) 1998-2006 Huawei Tech. Co.,Ltd. All rights reserved. S3900 3900-0002 Member number:2 Name: aaa_2.Quidway Device:S3900 MAC Address:00e0-fc00-3190 Member status:Up Hops to administrator device:1 IP: 16.1.1.1/24...

  • Page 839: Ftp Cluster

    # Connect the FTP clients to the remote FTP server of the cluster. <123_1.Quidway> ftp cluster Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 FTP service ready. User(none):hello 331 Password required for hello. Password: 230 User logged in. 1.3.15 ftp-server Syntax ftp-server ip-address undo ftp-server Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-31...

  • Page 840: Holdtime

    Use the undo holdtime command to restore the default holdtime value. If a switch does not receive any information of a peer device during the holdtime, it sets the state of the peer device to “down”. When the communication between the Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-32...

  • Page 841: Ip-Pool

    This enables you to manage and maintain member devices in a cluster through the management device. Execute these two commands on switches that belong to no cluster only. The IP address range of an existing cluster cannot be modified. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-33...

  • Page 842: Logging-Host

    Example # Configure the IP address of the logging host on the management device. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] cluster [aaa_0.Quidway-cluster] logging-host 10.10.10.9 1.3.19 management-vlan Syntax management-vlan vlan-id Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-34...

  • Page 843: Nm-Interface Vlan-Interface

    # Specify VLAN 2 as the management VLAN on the current switch. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] management-vlan 2 1.3.20 nm-interface Vlan-interface Syntax nm-interface Vlan-interface vlan-id View Cluster view Parameter vlan-id: ID of the VLAN. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-35...

  • Page 844: Reboot Member

    Use the reboot member command to reboot a specified member device on the management device. Communication between the management and member devices may be interrupted due to some configuration errors. Through the remote control function of member Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-36...

  • Page 845: Snmp-Host

    SNMP host through the management device. Execute these two commands on management devices only. Example # Configure an SNMP host for the cluster on the management device. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-37...

  • Page 846: Tftp Cluster Get

    1.3.24 tftp cluster put Syntax tftp cluster put source-file [ destination-file ] View User view Parameter source-file: File to be uploaded to the server. destination-file: Name of the uploaded file saved in the storage directory of the TFTP server. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-38...

  • Page 847: Tftp-Server

    TFTP server through the management device. Execute these two commands on management devices only. Example # Configure a TFTP server on the management device. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] cluster [aaa_0.Quidway-cluster] tftp-server 1.0.0.9 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-39...

  • Page 848: Timer

    Example # Configure the interval to send handshake packets to be 3 seconds. <aaa_0.Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [aaa_0.Quidway] cluster [aaa_0.Quidway-cluster] timer 3 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-40...
  • Page 849 Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 PoE Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display poe interface ....................1-1 1.1.2 display poe interface power ..................1-4 1.1.3 display poe powersupply..................

  • Page 850: Chapter 1 Poe Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands 1.1 PoE Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display poe interface Syntax display poe interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View...
  • Page 851 Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display poe interface command Field Description Port power enabled PoE is enabled on the port...
  • Page 852 Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Ethernet1/0/12 disable signal user command set port to off Ethernet1/0/13 disable signal user command set port to off Ethernet1/0/14 disable signal user command set port to off...

  • Page 853: Display Poe Interface Power

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Field Description ENABLE PoE enabled/disabled status on the port PoE mode on the port: MODE signal: PoE through the signal cable spare: PoE through the spare cable...

  • Page 854: Display Poe Powersupply

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Ethernet1/0/1 Ethernet1/0/2 Ethernet1/0/3 Ethernet1/0/4 Ethernet1/0/5 Ethernet1/0/6 Ethernet1/0/7 Ethernet1/0/8 Ethernet1/0/9 Ethernet1/0/10 12400 Ethernet1/0/11 Ethernet1/0/12 Ethernet1/0/13 Ethernet1/0/14 Ethernet1/0/15 Ethernet1/0/16 Ethernet1/0/17 Ethernet1/0/18 Ethernet1/0/19 Ethernet1/0/20 Ethernet1/0/21...

  • Page 855: Display Poe Temperature-Protection

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands <Quidway> display poe powersupply PSE ID PSE Legacy Detection :disable PSE Total Power Consumption :12000 mW PSE Available Power :288000 mW PSE Peak Value...

  • Page 856: Poe Enable

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display poe temperature-protection command to display the enable/disable status of the PoE over-temperature protection function on the switch.

  • Page 857: Poe Legacy Enable

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands # Disable the PoE feature on the current port. [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/3] undo poe enable Port power supply is disabled 1.1.6 poe legacy enable...

  • Page 858: Poe Mode

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter max-power: Maximum power distributed to the port, ranging from 1000 to 15400 in mW. Description Use the poe max-power command to configure the maximum power that can be supplied by the current port.

  • Page 859: Poe Power-Management

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Use the undo poe mode command to restore the PoE mode on the current port to the default mode. By default, the port is powered through a signal cable.

  • Page 860: Poe Priority

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands [Quidway] undo poe power-management Auto Power Management is enabled 1.1.10 poe priority Syntax poe priority { critical | high | low }...

  • Page 861: Poe Temperature-Protection

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands # Restore the default PoE priority. [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/3] undo poe priority 1.1.11 poe temperature-protection Syntax poe temperature-protection enable undo poe temperature-protection enable View...
  • Page 862 Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 PoE Configuration Commands Parameter refresh: The refresh update mode is used when the PSE processing software is valid. The refresh update mode is to upgrade the valid software in the PSE.

  • Page 863: Chapter 2 Poe Profile Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Chapter 2 PoE Profile Configuration Comma Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 PoE Profile Configuration Commands 2.1 PoE Profile Configuration Commands 2.1.1 apply poe-profile Syntax In system view use the following commands:...

  • Page 864: Display Poe-Profile

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Chapter 2 PoE Profile Configuration Comma Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Note: PoE profile is a set of PoE configurations. One PoE profile can contain multiple PoE features. When the poe apply command is used to apply a PoE profile to a port, some PoE features can be applied successfully while some can not.

  • Page 865: Poe-Profile

    Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Chapter 2 PoE Profile Configuration Comma Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Description Use the display poe-profile command to display detailed configuration information of the created PoE profile for a switch. Example # Display detailed configuration information for the PoE profile by the name of profile-test.
  • Page 866 Command Manual – PoE & PoE Profile Chapter 2 PoE Profile Configuration Comma Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] poe-profile profile-test Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 867 Command Manual – UDP Helper Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 display udp-helper server..................1-1 1.1.2 reset udp-helper packet ..................1-1 1.1.3 udp-helper enable ....................

  • Page 868: Udp Helper Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – UDP Helper Chapter 1 Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 1.1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display udp-helper server Syntax display udp-helper server [ interface Vlan-interface vlan-id ]...
  • Page 869 Command Manual – UDP Helper Chapter 1 Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Description Use the reset udp-helper packet command to clear statistics about the packets forwarded by UDP Helper. Example # Clear statistics about the packets forwarded by UDP Helper.
  • Page 870 Command Manual – UDP Helper Chapter 1 Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Parameter port-number: Port number whose UDP packets are to be forwarded, in the range 1 to 65535 (except for 67 and 68). dns: Domain name system, corresponding to UDP port 53.
  • Page 871 Command Manual – UDP Helper Chapter 1 Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 UDP Helper Configuration Commands No destination server is configured by default. Related command: display udp-helper server. Example # Specify to forward UDP packets of VLAN1 interface to the destination server with IP address of 192.1.1.2.
  • Page 872 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 SNMP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display snmp-agent ....................1-1 1.1.2 display snmp-agent community................1-1 1.1.3 display snmp-agent group..................
  • Page 873 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 2.1.11 rmon statistics ..................... 2-15 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 874: Chapter 1 Snmp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands 1.1 SNMP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display snmp-agent Syntax display snmp-agent { local-engineid | remote-engineid } View Any view Parameter local-engineid: Engine ID of a local SNMP entity.

  • Page 875: Display Snmp-Agent Group

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Parameter read: Displays read-only community information. write: Displays read-write community information. Description Use the display snmp-agent community command to view the information about the currently configured community names for SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c.

  • Page 876: Display Snmp-Agent Mib-View

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Description Use the display snmp-agent group command to view group name, security model, state of various views and storage models. Example # Display SNMP group name and security model.
  • Page 877 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands view-name: SNMP MIB view to be displayed. Description Use the display snmp-agent mib-view command to view the MIB view configuration information of the current Ethernet switch.

  • Page 878: Display Snmp-Agent Statistics

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Field Description Subtree mask Subtree mask Storage-type Storage type ViewType: included/excluded Permit or forbid access to an MIB object View status Indicate the MIB view status 1.1.5 display snmp-agent statistics...

  • Page 879: Display Snmp-Agent Sys-Info

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands 1276 GetResponse-PDU accepted and processed 24 SetRequest-PDU accepted and processed 15 Trap PDUs accepted and processed 0 Alternate Response Class PDUs droped silently 0 Forwarded Confirmed Class PDUs droped silently 1.1.6 display snmp-agent sys-info...

  • Page 880: Display Snmp-Agent Usm-User

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display snmp-agent trap-list command to view Trap list information. Related command: snmp-agent trap enable. Example # Display Trap list information.

  • Page 881: Enable Snmp Trap Updown

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands If you do not specify a parameter, all the information will be displayed. Example # Display all user information. <Quidway> display snmp-agent usm-user...

  • Page 882: Snmp-Agent

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands The enable snmp trap updown and snmp-agent target-host commands are used at the same time. You can use the snmp-agent target-host command to specify the hosts that can receive Trap information.

  • Page 883: Snmp-Agent Community

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Note: To reduce the risk of being attacked by malicious users against opened socket and enhance switch security, the S3900 series Ethernet switches provide the following...

  • Page 884: Snmp-Agent Group

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Use the undo snmp-agent community command to cancel the settings of community access name. Example # Configure community name as comaccess and permit read-only access by this community name.

  • Page 885: Snmp-Agent Local-Engineid

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands notifyview: Notification view name, ranging from 1 to 32 bytes. acl-number: The basic access list number, ranging from 2,000 to 2,999. Description Use the snmp-agent group command to configure a new SNMP group, that is, to map SNMP user to SNMP view.

  • Page 886: Snmp-Agent Log

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the local device name as 123456789A. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] snmp-agent local-engineid 123456789A 1.1.14 snmp-agent log...

  • Page 887: Snmp-Agent Mib-View

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] snmp-agent log all 1.1.15 snmp-agent mib-view Syntax snmp-agent mib-view { included | excluded } view-name oid-tree...

  • Page 888: Snmp-Agent Sys-Info

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter byte-count: Maximum size of the SNMP packet (in bytes) that the Agent can send/receive, ranging from 484 to 17,940.

  • Page 889: Snmp-Agent Target-Host

    If the device fails, the device maintenance person can use contact information to contact the manufacturer. By default, the contact information is "R&D Beijing, Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd.", the system location is "Hangzhou China", the SNMP version is SNMP V3. Related command: display snmp-agent sys-info.

  • Page 890: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands params: Specifies SNMP target host information to be used in the generation of SNMP messages. security-string: The community name of SNMP V1 and SNMP V2C, or SNMP V3 user name, ranging from 1 to 32 characters.
  • Page 891 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands undo snmp-agent trap enable [configuration | flash | ospf [ process-id ] [ ospf-trap-list ] | standard [ authentication | coldstart | linkdown | linkup |...

  • Page 892: Snmp-Agent Trap Life

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] snmp-agent trap enable authentication [Quidway] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 10.1.1.1 params securityname public 1.1.20 snmp-agent trap life...

  • Page 893: Snmp-Agent Trap Source

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Parameter size: Length of a queue, ranging from 1 to 1,000. Description Use the snmp-agent trap queue-size command to configure the information queue length of Trap packet sent to destination host.

  • Page 894: Snmp-Agent Usm-User

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands You can configure this command to trace a specific event using the source address of a Trap packet. Note: Before setting the IP address of an interface address as the source address of the sent Trap packet, you must configure an IP address for the interface.
  • Page 895 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 SNMP Configuration Commands Group-name: Group name corresponding to that user, a character string of 1 to 32 characters. authentication-mode: Specifies the safety level as authentication required. Absence of this parameter indicates that neither authentication nor encryption is required.

  • Page 896: Chapter 2 Rmon Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display rmon alarm Syntax display rmon alarm [ entry-number ] View Any view Parameter entry-number: Alarm entry index, in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 897: Display Rmon Event

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Field Description Samples type Sample type: change value or absolute value Variable formula Variable formula of the sampled node Sampling interval Sampling interval...

  • Page 898: Display Rmon Eventlog

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Event table 1 owned by user1 is VALID. Description: null. Will cause log-trap when triggered, last triggered at 0days 00h:02m:27s. Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display rmon event command...

  • Page 899: Display Rmon History

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Generates eventLog 1.2 at 0days 00h:02m:27s. Description: The alarm formula defined in private alarm table 1, less than(or =) 100 with alarm value 0. Alarm sample type is absolute.

  • Page 900: Display Rmon Prialarm

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands dropevents , octets packets , broadcast packets multicast packets : 0 , CRC alignment errors : 0 undersize packets : 0 , oversize packets...
  • Page 901 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter prialarm-entry-number: Extended alarm entry Index, in the range of 1 to 65535. If you do not specify this argument, the configuration of all the extended alarm entries is displayed.

  • Page 902: Display Rmon Statistics

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Field Description Falling threshold. An alarm is triggered when the Falling threshold falling threshold is reached linked with event Event index corresponding to an alarm...
  • Page 903 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Statistics entry 1 owned by user1-rmon is VALID. Interface : Ethernet1/0/1<ifIndex.4227817> etherStatsOctets , etherStatsPkts etherStatsBroadcastPkts , etherStatsMulticastPkts : 0 etherStatsUndersizePkts , etherStatsOversizePkts etherStatsFragments...

  • Page 904: Rmon Alarm

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.7 rmon alarm Syntax rmon alarm entry-number alarm-variable sampling-time { delta | absolute } rising-threshold threshold-value1 event-entry1 falling-threshold threshold-value2 event-entry2 [ owner text ]...
  • Page 905 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands With an alarm entry defined in an alarm group, a network device performs the following operations accordingly: Sample the defined alarm variables (alarm-variable) once in each specified period, which is specified by the sampling-time argument.

  • Page 906: Rmon Event

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.8 rmon event Syntax rmon event event-entry [ description string ] { log | trap trap-community | log-trap log-trapcommunity | none } [ owner text ]...

  • Page 907: Rmon History

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.9 rmon history Syntax rmon history entry-number buckets number interval sampling-interval [ owner text ] undo rmon history entry-number View Ethernet port view Parameter entry-number: History entry index, in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 908: Rmon Prialarm

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands 2.1.10 rmon prialarm Syntax rmon prialarm entry-number prialarm-formula prialarm-des sampling-timer { delta | absolute changeratio rising_threshold threshold-value1 event-entry1 falling_threshold threshold-value2 event-entry2 entrytype { forever | cycle...
  • Page 909 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Use the undo rmon prialarm command to remove a specified extended alarm entry. Note: Before adding an extended alarm entry, you need to use the rmon event command to define the events to be referenced by the entry.

  • Page 910: Rmon Statistics

    Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface Ethernet 1/0/1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] rmon statistics 1 [Quidway-Ethernet1/0/1] quit [Quidway] rmon prialarm ((.1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1)*100) test changeratio rising_threshold 50 1 falling_threshold 5 2 entrytype forever owner user1 # Remove the extended alarm entry numbered 2 from the extended alarm table.
  • Page 911 Command Manual – SNMP and RMON Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 2 RMON Configuration Commands Example # Add the statistics entry numbered 20 to take statistics of Ethernet1/0/1 port. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 912 Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 NTP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display ntp-service sessions ................... 1-1 1.1.2 display ntp-service status..................1-2 1.1.3 display ntp-service trace ..................1-4 1.1.4 ntp-service access ....................

  • Page 913: Chapter 1 Ntp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Note: To reduce the risk of being attacked by malicious users against opened socket and enhance switch security, the S3900 series Ethernet switches provide the following functions, so that a socket is opened only when it is needed: Opening UDP port 123 (used for NTP) when NTP is enabled;...

  • Page 914: Display Ntp-Service Status

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Caution: An S3900 series switch attempts to establish connections in all NTP implementation modes except NTP server mode. Example # View the status of all the sessions maintained by NTP service.
  • Page 915 Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ntp-service status command to display the status of NTP service. Example # View the status of the local NTP service.

  • Page 916: Display Ntp-Service Trace

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Field Description The maximum dispersion of the remote NTP Peer dispersion server Reference time Reference timestamp 1.1.3 display ntp-service trace Syntax display ntp-service trace View...

  • Page 917: Ntp-Service Authentication Enable

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter peer: Allows time request and query on the local NTP server. The local clock can also be synchronized to the remote server.

  • Page 918: Ntp-Service Authentication-Keyid

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the ntp-service authentication enable command to enable the NTP authentication. Use the undo ntp-service authentication enable command to disable the NTP authentication.

  • Page 919: Ntp-Service Broadcast-Client

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Example # Configure an MD5 authentication key, with the key ID being 10 and the key being BetterKey. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 920: Ntp-Service In-Interface Disable

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter authentication-keyid key-id: Specifies the key ID used when sending messages to the broadcast clients. The key-id argument ranges from 1 to 4294967295. This parameter is not needed if you specify not to perform authentication.

  • Page 921: Ntp-Service Max-Dynamic-Sessions

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Use the undo ntp-service in-interface disable command to enable the interface to receive NTP packets. By default, the interface can receive NTP packets. Example # Disable VLAN interface 1 from receiving NTP packets.

  • Page 922: Ntp-Service Multicast-Server

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands undo ntp-service multicast-client [ ip-address ] View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address: Multicast IP address, ranging from 224.0.1.1 to 224.0.1.255. The default IP address is 224.0.1.1.

  • Page 923: Ntp-Service Reliable Authentication-Keyid

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands version number: Specifies the NTP version number which ranges from 1 to 3 and defaults to 3. Description Use the ntp-service multicast-server command to configure an Ethernet switch to operate in the NTP multicast server mode and send NTP multicast packets through the current interface.

  • Page 924: Ntp-Service Source-Interface

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Example # Enable NTP authentication, with MD5 algorithm adopted, key ID being 37, the key of BetterKey and being a trusted key. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 925: Ntp-Service Unicast-Peer

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands 1.1.15 ntp-service unicast-peer Syntax ntp-service unicast-peer { remote-ip | peer-name } [ authentication-keyid key-id | priority | source-interface Vlan-interface vlan-id | version number ]* undo ntp-service unicast-peer { remote-ip | peer-name }...

  • Page 926: Ntp-Service Unicast-Server

    Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Example # Configure to obtain time information from the peer with the IP of 128.108.22.44. And the local peer can also provide time information to the remote peer. Set the NTP version number to 3.
  • Page 927 Command Manual – NTP Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Chapter 1 NTP Configuration Commands Note: An Ethernet can operate as a client and be synchronized to the remote NTP server identified by the remote-ip argument. Note that an NTP server will not be synchronized to the local switch.
  • Page 928 Command Manual – SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands ............ 1-1 1.1 SSH Server Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display rsa local-key-pair public ................1-1 1.1.2 display rsa peer-public-key ..................
  • Page 929 Command Manual – SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 1.3.2 ssh user service-type .................... 1-29 1.3.3 sftp timeout......................1-29 1.4 SFTP Client Configuration Commands ................1-30 1.4.1 bye......................... 1-30 1.4.2 cd........................... 1-31 1.4.3 cdup........................1-31 1.4.4 delete........................

  • Page 930: Ssh Server Configuration Commands

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands 1.1 SSH Server Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display rsa local-key-pair public Syntax display rsa local-key-pair public...
  • Page 931 Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 0203 010001 Host public key for PEM format code: ---- BEGIN SSH2 PUBLIC KEY ---- AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAAAQQDembVAh7ZmuWnJSM27zCtgmX+cGJqmZRxg Zu92JC3q0d7+oWJhZ3vUGnv652aO2qn7BIw3oPE1TVeYwgIiU/T1 ---- END SSH2 PUBLIC KEY ----...

  • Page 932: Display Rsa Peer-Public-Key

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display rsa peer-public-key Syntax display rsa peer-public-key [ brief | name keyname ] View Any view Parameter brief: Displays brief information about all public keys on the client.

  • Page 933: Display Ssh Server

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.3 display ssh server Syntax display ssh server { status | session } View Any view Parameter status: Displays SSH status information.

  • Page 934: Display Ssh User-Information

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands VTY 1 started sFTP Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display ssh server session command Field Description Conn Number of VTY interface used for user login...

  • Page 935: Peer-Public-Key End

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ssh-server source-ip command to display the current source IP address specified for the SSH Server. If you specify a source interface for the SSH Server, the command displays the IP address of the interface.

  • Page 936: Protocol Inbound

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.7 protocol inbound Syntax protocol inbound { all | ssh | telnet } View VTY user interface view Parameter all: Supports all protocols, including Telnet and SSH.

  • Page 937: Public-Key-Code Begin

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.8 public-key-code begin Syntax public-key-code begin View Public key view Parameter None Description Use the public-key-code begin command to enter public key edit view and input the client public key.

  • Page 938: Rsa Local-Key-Pair Create

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View Public key edit view Parameter None Description Use the public-key-code end command to return from public key edit view to public key view and save the public keys you set.
  • Page 939 Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands After you use the command, the system prompts you to define the key length. In SSHv1.x, the key length is in the range of 512 to 2,048 (bits).

  • Page 940: Rsa Local-Key-Pair Destroy

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.11 rsa local-key-pair destroy Syntax rsa local-key-pair destroy View System view Parameter None Description Use the rsa local-key-pair destroy command to destroy all existing RSA key pairs at the server end.

  • Page 941: Rsa Peer-Public-Key Import Sshkey

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Related command: public-key-code begin, public-key-code end. Example # Enter quidway002 public key view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 942: Ssh Authentication-Type Default

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.14 ssh authentication-type default Syntax ssh authentication-type default { password | rsa | password-publickey | all } undo ssh authentication-type default View...

  • Page 943: Ssh Server Compatible-Ssh1X Enable

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands undo ssh server authentication-retries View System view Parameter times: Authentication retry times. It is in the range of 1 to 5 and defaults to 3.

  • Page 944: Ssh Server Rekey-Interval

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable command to make the server compatible with the SSHv1.x version-supporting client. Use the undo ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable command to make the server not compatible with the SSH1v.x version-supporting client.

  • Page 945: Ssh Server Timeout

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands By default, the system does not update the server key. Caution: This command is only effective on users whose client version is SSHv1.x.

  • Page 946: Ssh User Assign Rsa-Key

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.19 ssh user assign rsa-key Syntax ssh user username assign rsa-key keyname undo ssh user username assign rsa-key View System view Parameter username: SSH user name, a string of 1 to 80 characters.
  • Page 947 Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands rsa: Specifies the authentication type as RSA public key. password-publickey: Specifies the authentication type as both password and RSA public key. That is, the user can pass the authentication only if both the password and RSA public key are correct.

  • Page 948: Ssh-Server Source-Interface

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.1.21 ssh-server source-interface Syntax ssh-server source-interface interface-type interface-number undo ssh-server source-interface View System view Parameter interface-type: Type of source interface, which can be LoopBack or Vlan-interface.

  • Page 949: Ssh Client Configuration Commands

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the ssh-server source-ip command to specify source IP address for SSH Server. When the specified ip-address is not the IP address of the device, the command prompts configuration fails.

  • Page 950: Public-Key-Code Begin

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ssh server-info command to display the association between the server public keys configured on the client and the servers.

  • Page 951: Public-Key-Code End

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] rsa peer-public-key quidway003 [Quidway-rsa-public-key] public-key-code begin [Quidway-key-code] 308186028180739A291ABDA704F5D93DC8FDF84C427463 [Quidway-key-code] 1991C164B0DF178C55FA833591C7D47D5381D09CE82913 [Quidway-key-code] D7EDF9C08511D83CA4ED2B30B809808EB0D1F52D045DE4 [Quidway-key-code] 0861B74A0E135523CCD74CAC61F8E58C452B2F3F2DA0DC...

  • Page 952: Quit

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.2.5 quit Syntax quit View User view Parameter None Description Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SSH server.

  • Page 953: Ssh Client Assign Rsa-Key

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway] rsa peer-public-key quidway002 [Quidway-rsa-public-key] 1.2.7 ssh client assign rsa-key Syntax ssh client { server-ip | server-name } assign rsa-key keyname undo ssh client server-ip assign rsa-key...

  • Page 954: Ssh2

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the ssh client first-time enable command to configure the client to run the initial authentication. Use the undo ssh client first-time command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 955 Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands prefer_kex: Key exchange algorithm preference. Choose one of the two algorithms available. dh_group1: Diffie-Hellman-group1-sha1 key exchange algorithm. It is the default algorithm.

  • Page 956: Ssh2 Source-Interface

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] ssh2 10.214.50.51 prefer_kex dh_exchange_group prefer_stoc_cipher aes128 prefer_ctos_hmac md5 prefer_stoc_hmac sha1_96 1.2.10 ssh2 source-interface...

  • Page 957: Sftp Server Configuration Commands

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: Source IP address needed to set. Description Use the ssh2 source-ip command to specify the source interface for SSH2 Client.

  • Page 958: Ssh User Service-Type

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands [Quidway] sftp server enable 1.3.2 ssh user service-type Syntax ssh user username service-type { stelnet | sftp | all } undo ssh user username service-type...

  • Page 959: Sftp Client Configuration Commands

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Parameter Time-out-value: Timeout time. It is in the range of 1 to 35,791 (minutes) and defaults to 10 minutes. Description Use the sftp timeout command to set the timeout time for the SFTP user connection.

  • Page 960: Cdup

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.4.2 cd Syntax cd [ remote-path ] View SFTP Client view Parameter remote-path: Name of a path on the server. Description Use the cd command to change the current path on the remote SFTP server. If you did not specify the remote-path argument, the current path is displayed.

  • Page 961: Delete

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the cdup command to return the current path on the remote SFTP server to the upper directory. Example # Return to the upper directory.

  • Page 962: Display Sftp Source-Ip

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View SFTP Client view Parameter remote-path: Name of the intended directory. Description Use the dir command to display the specified directory on the remote SFTP server.

  • Page 963: Exit

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Display the current source IP address specified for the SFTP Client. <Quidway> display sftp source-ip The source IP you specified is 192.168.1.1 1.4.7 exit...

  • Page 964: Help

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands If no local file name is specified, the name of the source file is used by default. Example # Download file tt.bak and save it with name tt.txt.

  • Page 965: Mkdir

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the ls command to display the files in the specified directory on the remote SFTP server.. If the remote-path argument is not specified, the files in the current directory are displayed.

  • Page 966: Pwd

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View SFTP Client view Parameter local-file: Name of the source file at the local end. remote-file: Name assigned to the file to be saved on the remote SFTP server.
  • Page 967 Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands View SFTP Client view Parameter None Description Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view.

  • Page 968: Rename

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands 1.4.16 rename Syntax rename old name new name View SFTP Client view Parameter old name: Original file name. new name: New file name.

  • Page 969: Sftp

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Directory successfully removed 1.4.18 sftp Syntax sftp { host-ip | host-name } [ port-num ] [ prefer_kex { dh_group1 | dh_exchange_group } ] [ prefer_ctos_cipher { des | aes128 } ] [ prefer_stoc_cipher...

  • Page 970: Sftp Source-Interface

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Description Use the sftp command to establish a connection to the SFTP server and enter SFTP Client view. Example # Establish a connection to the SFTP server with IP address 10.1.1.2 and use the default encryption algorithms.

  • Page 971: Sftp Source-Ip

    Command Manual –SSH Terminal Service Chapter 1 SSH Terminal Service Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Configuration Commands Example # Specify source interface Vlan-interface 2 for SFTP Client. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] sftp source-interface Vlan-interface 2 1.4.20 sftp source-ip...
  • Page 972 Command Manual – File System Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Commands ..........1-1 1.1 File Attribute Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 boot attribute-switch ....................1-1 1.1.2 boot boot-loader ...................... 1-2 1.1.3 boot boot-loader backup-attribute ................
  • Page 973 Command Manual – File System Management Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Table of Contents 2.2 TFTP Command ........................ 2-5 2.2.1 tftp get ........................2-5 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 974: File Attribute Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Commands Note: For Ethernet switches that support IRF (intelligent resilient framework), you can input a file path and file name in one of the following ways: In universal resource locator (URL) format and starting with “unit[No.]>flash:/”...

  • Page 975: Boot Boot-Loader

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Description Use the boot attribute-switch command to switch between the main and backup attribute for all the files or a specified type of files. That is, changes a file with the main attribute to one with the backup attribute, or vice versa.

  • Page 976: Boot Boot-Loader Backup-Attribute

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Caution: Before configuring the main or backup attribute for a file in the fabric, make sure the file already exists on all devices in the fabric. This is because Ethernet switches do not allows you to specify an app file only existing in other unit’s Flash memory as the app...

  • Page 977: Boot Web-Package

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Caution: Before configuring the main or backup attribute for a file in the fabric, make sure the file already exists on all devices in the fabric. This is because Ethernet switches do not allows you to specify an app file only existing in other unit’s Flash memory as the app...

  • Page 978: Display Boot-Loader

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Caution: Before configuring the main or backup attribute for a Web file in the fabric, make sure the file exists on all devices in the fabric.

  • Page 979: Startup Bootrom-Access Enable

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.1.6 startup bootrom-access enable Syntax startup bootrom-access enable undo startup bootrom-access enable View User view Parameter None Description Use the startup bootrom-access enable command to specify a switch to prompt for the customized password before entering the BOOT menu.

  • Page 980: Copy

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View User view Parameter directory: Target directory. Description Use the cd command to enter a specified directory on the Ethernet switch.

  • Page 981: Delete

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands 1.2.3 delete Syntax delete [ /unreserved ] file-url delete { running-files | standby-files } [ /fabric ] [ /unreserved ] View...

  • Page 982: Dir

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands The corresponding messages are displayed as follows: Delete the running image file? [Y/N]:n Delete the running config file? [Y/N]:n Delete the running web file? [Y/N]:n...
  • Page 983 Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter /all: Displays the information about all the files, including those in the recycle bin. /fabric: Displays the information about all the specified files in the fabric.

  • Page 984: Execute

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands -rwh Apr 02 2000 00:05:53 private-data.txt 4 (*) -rw- 1965 Apr 01 2000 23:59:13 3comoscfg.cfg -rw- 5841301 Apr 02 2000 21:42:13 s3900d8.bin...

  • Page 985: File Prompt

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands This command executes command lines in the batch file in sequence. Note that the batch file cannot contain any invisible character. If any invisible character is found, the command will quit execution and this process is irretrievable.

  • Page 986: Fixdisk

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Delete unit1>flash:/te.txt?[Y/N]:y ..%Delete file unit1>flash:/te.txt...Done. when the prompt mode is set as quiet, the following messages will be displayed when you delete a file: <Quidway>...

  • Page 987: Mkdir

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View User view Parameter device: Name of a device. Description Use the format command to format the Flash memory. Caution: The format operation leads to the loss of all the files on the Flash memory, and the operation is irretrievable.

  • Page 988: More

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Create a directory in the current directory, with the name being dd. <Quidway> mkdir dd % Created dir flash:/dd 1.2.10 more...

  • Page 989: Pwd

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands fileurl-dest: Path name or file name of the target file in the Flash, a string comprising 1 to 142 characters. Description Use the move command to move a file to a specified directory.

  • Page 990: Reset Recycle-Bin

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Parameter fileurl-source: Path name or file name of a file in the Flash. fileurl-dest: Path name or a file name. Description Use the rename command to rename a file or a directory.

  • Page 991: Rmdir

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands Example # Clear the recycle bin in unit 1 of the fabric. <Quidway>reset recycle-bin unit1>flash:/ Clear unit1>flash:/te.txt ?[Y/N]:y Clearing files from flash may take a long time. Please wait...

  • Page 992: Update Fabric

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands View User view Parameter file-url: Path name or the file name of a file in the Flash. Description Use the undelete command to restore a deleted file in the recycle bin.
  • Page 993 Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands S3900.btm and S3900.web represents host software, Boot ROM files and Web files respectively. Note: You can upgrade files with extensions web, bin and btm.

  • Page 994: Configuration Backup And Restore Commands

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands The s3900.bin is stored on unit 2 successfully The s3900.bin is stored on unit 8 successfully Do you want to set s3900.bin to be running agent next time to boot[Y/N] y The s3900.bin is configured successfully...

  • Page 995: Restore Startup-Configuration From

    Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands # Back up the current configuration of the whole fabric to the file aaa.cfg on the TFTP server with IP address 1.1.1.253.
  • Page 996 Command Manual – File System Management Chapter 1 File System Management Configuration Quidway S3900 Series Ethernet Switches-Release 1510 Commands File will be transferred in binary mode. Downloading file from remote tftp server, please wait... TFTP: 1958 bytes sent in 0 second(s).

  • Page 997: Chapter 2 Ftp/Tftp Lighting Configuration Commands

    You can use the commands here to enable or disable FTP server. Disabling FTP server can ensure secure operating of the device. Example # Disable FTP server. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] undo ftp server % Close FTP server 2.1.2 local-user Syntax local-user user-name Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 998: Local-User Password-Display-Mode

    # Add a local user named hello1. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] local-user hello1 New local user added. [Quidway-luser-hello1] 2.1.3 local-user password-display-mode Syntax local-user password-display-mode { auto | cipher-force } undo local-user password-display-mode View System view Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 999: Password

    Password to be set. In simple mode, it is a string of 1 to 63 characters; in cipher mode, it is a character string of 1 to 63 characters or 88 characters. Description Use the password command to set a password for the local user. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 1000: Ftp

    Example # Connect to the remote FTP server with IP address 1.1.1.1. <Quidway> ftp 1.1.1.1 Trying ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected. 220 FTP service ready. User(none):hello 331 Password required for hello. Password: 230 User logged in. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

Table of Contents

Save PDF